Data Loading...

The Economist - 03.20.2021_ Flipbook PDF

The Economist - 03.20.2021_


668 Views
18 Downloads
FLIP PDF 56.55MB

DOWNLOAD FLIP

REPORT DMCA

Joe Biden’s border crisis Britain’s dangerous illiberalism Flawed logic: the EU and vaccines Manufacturing hope in Africa MARCH 20TH–26TH 2021

The brutal reality of dealing with China

US$7.99 • C$9.99

Argentina...........................................$7.00 Bahamas..........................................$11.18 Barbados ................................. Bds$26.50 Bermuda.......................................Bd$8.95

Brazil..............................................R$59.95 Chile............................................ Ch$5,000 Colombia ................................Col$26,500 Costa Rica........................................¢ 7,650

Guyana...................................... GYD1,795 Jamaica........................................... J$1,040 Peru.................................................S/45.00 St. Maarten............................ CMG$13.60

Trinidad & Tobago.........................TD$50 Turks & Caicos..................................$9.99 UK........................................................£5.99 Venezuela..................................... Bs99.00

Contents

The Economist March 20th 2021

The world this week 6 A summary of political and business news

9 10 11 11 On the cover

An epic contest between autocracy and liberal values lies ahead: leader, page 9. China is not just shackling Hong Kong. It is set on remaking it: briefing, page 19. Chinese markets shake off their casino reputation, page 63

14

Leaders Dealing with China The struggle ahead  Immigration Biden’s border crisis Europe’s vaccines Flawed logic Protests in Britain Cracking down Economic development African factories

23 25 25 26 27 28

The Americas 29 The Amazon 30 Narcopolitics in Honduras 32 Bello Chile’s democratic experiment

Letters 15 On the Sussexes, language, McKinsey, ubi, duty free, beards Briefing 19 Hong Kong The way it’s going to be

Joe Biden’s border crisis The president faces a test of his leadership: leader, page 10. As the number of migrants rises, a humanitarian crisis could turn into a political one, page 23

United States Border pressure rising Murder in Atlanta Fixing government tech Lives or livelihoods in South Dakota The black church Lexington Biden’s passage to India

33 34 35 35 36 37

Asia Economic pressure on Myanmar’s junta Gay marriage in Japan Covid­19 sweeps Papua New Guinea Schools in Kashmir Sex crimes in Australia Banyan India v China in Nepal

China 38 Campaigning for the disabled

Britain’s dangerous illiberalism The government should bin its attempt to restrict protest: leader, page 11. An awkward coincidence draws attention to plans to restrict civil liberties, page 51 Manufacturing hope in Africa A sub-Saharan industrial revolution need not be a pipe dream: leader, page 14. New research suggests African industry is doing better than expected, page 42

40 41 42 42

Middle East & Africa A tight race in Israel Tanzania’s president dies Jihadists in Mozambique Hope for African industry

Bartleby The divide between introverts and extroverts, page 59 → We are working hard to ensure that there is no disruption to print copies of The Economist as a result of the coronavirus. But if you have digital access as part of your subscription, then activating it will ensure that you can always read the digital version of the newspaper as well as all of our daily journalism. To do so, visit economist.com/activate Contents continues overleaf

3

4

Contents

44 45 46 46 47 48

49 50 51 51 52

The Economist March 20th 2021

Europe Germany’s battered Christian Democrats A surprising Dutch vote Pet politics in France Turkey’s central bank Surrogacy in Russia Charlemagne Britain goes Turkish

63 66 68 68 69 70

Britain Rethinking defence More nukes Aid cuts Curbing protest Bagehot English nationalism

International 53 Who’s happy and who’s not 

55 58 58 59 60 61

Finance & economics China’s capital markets  Excess cash on Wall Street Non­fungible tokens Teaching economics Buttonwood The Draghi effect Free exchange Trust and markets

71 72 73 74

Science & technology Miniature spy satellites Looking round corners Bees vaccinate themselves An evolutionary surprise

75 76 77 78

Books & arts Fighting lies The right to die Refugee fiction The art of mending

Economic & financial indicators 80 Statistics on 42 economies

Business Shareholders in Japan Eni trial acquittals Baidu searches for growth Bartleby Introverts and extroverts Del Vecchio’s empire Schumpeter America’s 5G wake­up

Graphic detail 81 American bombing still shapes Cambodian farming Obituary 82 Wang Fuchun, photographer of people on trains

Volume 438 Number 9237 Published since September 1843 to take part in “a severe contest between intelligence, which presses forward, and an unworthy, timid ignorance obstructing our progress.” Editorial offices in London and also: Amsterdam, Beijing, Berlin, Brussels, Chicago, Dakar, Dallas, Dubai, Johannesburg, Madrid, Mexico City, Moscow, Mumbai, New Delhi, New York, Paris, San Francisco, São Paulo, Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Tokyo, Washington DC

Subscription service For our full range of subscription offers, including digital only or print and digital bundled, visit: Economist.com/offers If you are experiencing problems when trying to subscribe, please visit our Help pages at: www.economist.com/help for troubleshooting advice.

The best way to contact our Customer Service team is via phone or live chat. You can contact us on the below numbers; please check our website for up to date opening hours. North America: Latin America & Mexico:

Please

+1 800 456 6086 +1 636 449 5702

PEFC/29-31-58

PEFC certified This copy of The Economist is printed on paper sourced from sustainably managed forests certified to PEFC www.pefc.org

© 2021 The Economist Newspaper Limited. All rights reserved. Neither this publication nor any part of it may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of The Economist Newspaper Limited. The Economist (ISSN 0013-0613) is published every week, except for a year-end double issue, by The Economist Newspaper Limited, 750 3rd Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, N Y 10017. The Economist is a registered trademark of The Economist Newspaper Limited. Periodicals postage paid at New York, NY and additional mailing offices. Postmaster: Send address changes to The Economist, P.O. Box 46978, St. Louis , MO. 63146-6978, USA. Canada Post publications mail (Canadian distribution) sales agreement no. 40012331. Return undeliverable Canadian addresses to The Economist, PO Box 7258 STN A, Toronto, ON M5W 1X9. GST R123236267. Printed by Quad/Graphics, Saratoga Springs, NY 12866

Brake Habits We understand that even good drivers have bad days. For 150,000 drivers in India each year, their destination becomes all too final. With road fatalities mounting at speed, Fractal took action. Lives depended on it. By blending AI with behavioral science we were able to identify & predict blackspots, influence risk perception and change the way drivers think and behave. On India’s National Highway 24, serious accidents have already fallen by 60% — but our journey is only just beginning. Fractal: we don’t tire of making positive change.

fractal.ai

6

The world this week ational stockpiles and deployed warheads will no longer be published. 

At least 16 eu countries, including Germany, France, Italy and Spain, suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s covid-19 vaccine, following reports that a handful of people had devel­ oped blood­clots after receiv­ ing it. Several regulators, including the World Health Organisation, said that the risks of not getting jabbed far outweighed those of getting jabbed. Experts predicted that the delay would cost lives and needlessly undermine confi­ dence in both the AstraZeneca vaccine and vaccines more generally. Germany’s ruling Christian Democrats performed badly in two important state elections, Baden­Württemberg and Rhineland­Palatinate. The results are a blow to the party’s new leader, Armin Laschet, and a sign that Germans are unimpressed by the govern­ ment’s handling of the covid crisis.  A general election in the Netherlands appears to have given Mark Rutte, the centre­ right prime minister, a chance to form a new government, though assembling a coalition will be complicated. d66, a pro­European liberal party, did surprisingly well, as did the populist right.  Britain published a review of defence and foreign policy. One surprise was a reversal of the decision taken a decade ago to reduce the nuclear stockpile from 225 to 180 war­ heads by the mid­2020s. Bri­ tain will now increase its arsenal to 260 by the middle of the decade, the first escalation since the peak of the cold war, when Britain had over 500. Official figures about oper­

Police in Bolivia arrested Jeanine Áñez, the president of a recent interim government, and other officials, accusing them of plotting a coup against Evo Morales. Mr Morales re­ signed as president in Novem­ ber 2019 amid accusations of fraud in his re­election. The charges against Ms Áñez are probably a retribution for the similar charges her govern­ ment filed against officials from Mr Morales's party.  John Magufuli, the president of Tanzania, died at the age of 61, after weeks of speculation that he was being treated for covid­19. Mr Magufuli had ordered his government not to vaccinate people against the virus, nor to take steps to limit its spread, insisting that God had cleansed the country of it. Gunmen on motorcycles killed at least 58 people in northern Niger, near the border with Mali. Jihadists have been active in the region. Regional forces from Ethiopia’s Amhara state took con­ trol of parts of Tigray, which is next door. The occupation could add fuel to a civil war between the federal govern­ ment and Tigray’s ousted rulers. It may also increase tensions around other dis­ puted internal borders in the country, which is a federation of ten ethnically based states. Police in Uganda again arrest­ ed a popular opposition leader known by his stage name, Bobi Wine. Hundreds of people have been detained since a disputed presidential election earlier this year that was won by Yoweri Museveni, who has ruled since 1986. A new interim government in Libya was sworn in, replacing two rival administrations. Its main task is to prepare the war­torn country for elections in December. Libya descended into conflict after the last nationwide elections, in 2014.

The Economist March 20th 2021

A court in Japan found that the government was wrong to ban same­sex marriages. But it stopped short of overturning the policy, saying instead that parliament should be given time to legislate on the matter. The military junta that has seized power in Myanmar declared martial law in the country's two biggest cities, in an effort to curb protests. Soldiers have shot dead more than 200 people. China, mean­ while, urged Myanmar to protect Chinese­owned factories after several were set on fire during unrest in Yangon. Anti­government protesters accuse China of supporting the military take­ over, which China denies. A gunman killed eight people at three massage parlours in Atlanta. Six of the dead were Asian-American women. Pundits speculated that the shooter might have had a racial motive, but he told police he was a sex addict and wanted to remove a source of temptation. Police said it was too early to draw any conclusions about the crime.  In Texas eight unauthorised immigrants were killed when their car crashed during a police chase. Migrants are once again heading in large num­ bers to the us-Mexican border and trying to enter America. Republicans blame Joe Biden’s relaxation of Donald Trump’s strict immigration rules.  More Democrats, including Chuck Schumer, the leader of the Senate, called on Andrew Cuomo to resign as governor of New York amid allegations of sexual harassment. Mr Cuomo said he would not bow to “cancel culture”. Team New Zealand won the 36th America’s Cup. The oldest trophy in international sport featured high­tech sail­ ing boats racing at up 50 knots (over 90kph). New Zealand’s deft handling of the pandemic allowed the contest to go ahead, but only a few teams took part, thanks to covid­19.

Coronavirus briefs To 6am GMT March 18th 2021

Weekly confirmed deaths by area, ’000 30 Western Europe

Other

20 10 US Latin America

2020

Vaccination doses This week, ’000 Israel Seychelles UA E Maldives Britain Chile Bahrain United States Serbia Malta

0

2021 Total Per 100 ’000 people

565 9,503 5 88 255 6,669 50 213 2,477 26,504 1,946 7,408 40 581 16,496 110,738 291 2,040 23 126

109.8 89.6 67.4 39.4 39.0 38.8 34.1 33.1 30.0 28.6

Sources: Johns Hopkins University CSSE; Our World in Data; United Nations

Schools, shops and restau­ rants were ordered to close across half of Italy, including Milan and Rome, as a new wave of cases emerged.  Britain’s National Health Service warned of a crunch in vaccine supply next month, a potential setback to the coun­ try’s successful inoculation programme.  Brazil's president, Jair Bolsonaro, replaced his health minister for the third time during the pandemic. Mr Bolsonaro continued to rail against lockdowns. Only around 5% of the population have been vaccinated. The prime minister of Papua New Guinea said that a quar­ ter of the population may have contracted covid­19. Neighbouring Australia, which is providing vaccines, is worried that the virus might spread across the maritime border. So are other Pacific countries, many of which have weak health services. 

→ For our latest coverage of the virus please visit economist.com/ coronavirus or download the Economist app.

The world this week Uber announced that it would comply with a recent legal ruling in Britain which found that its 70,000 or so drivers in the country are employees, not contractors. This means they will be entitled to the mini­ mum wage, holiday pay and a pension in Britain, the first country where Uber has accepted such conditions. The status of workers in the gig economy is being reviewed in other cases around the world. Courts increasingly agree that it is the drivers who are being taken for a ride.

The Economist March 20th 2021 7

ing. That makes the startup more valuable than Facebook and Uber when they were still unlisted firms. Striving to make women feel safer when they use its dating app, Tinder said it would integrate Garbo, a service that checks people’s backgrounds, into its platform this year. Garbo, run not for profit, was founded by Kathryn Kosmides, a former victim of abuse. United States Airport traveller numbers*, m 2.5

Will VW overthrow the king? Competition in the electric­car market accelerated, as Volkswagen set out plans to stan­ dardise electrification tech­ nology across all aspects of its vehicles and to scale up pro­ duction worldwide. It is also to build six battery factories in Europe alone. vw aims to deliver 1m electric or hybrid cars this year, bringing it closer to Tesla in sales, and eventu­ ally possibly snatching Elon Musk’s crown. Tesla’s ceo said this week that henceforth his job title is “technoking”. 

The Chinese government escalated its criticisms of the country’s big internet companies. Xi Jinping, the president, chaired a meeting which con­ cluded that some platforms “are growing in an inappropri­ ate manner”. In another sign that officials think the indus­ try is too powerful, state televi­ sion aired allegations of tech malpractice, including a claim that Alibaba’s internet browser carried misleading ads. The browser was promptly pulled from app stores.  Baidu, China’s dominant search engine, which has also aroused the ire of the country’s regulators, is aiming to raise more than $3bn from its forth­ coming secondary listing of shares in Hong Kong, accord­ ing to reports.  Stripe, a payments­processing platform for e­commerce websites, was valued at $95bn after its latest round of financ­

2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 2020 Source: Transportation Security Administration

2021 *Seven-day moving average

There were more signs that air travel in America is picking up. Figures from the Trans­ portation Security Adminis­ tration showed it had screened around 1.3m travellers a day over several days for the first time in a year. Numbers are still down by half compared with 2019. With the industry optimistic about summer bookings, the shares of Amer­ ica’s four biggest carriers hit their highest prices in a year. 

Emmanuel Faber was ousted as chairman and chief exec­ utive of Danone, following a campaign by activist investors unhappy at the performance of the French food company’s share price. Mr Faber is one of the most vocal advocates of sustainable capitalism. When Danone changed its legal status last year to become a purpose­driven company, he declared that Milton Fried­ man’s statue had been toppled. Following Mr Faber’s over­ throw, it is not so clear that Friedman’s famous dictum, that the sole purpose of a company is to increase share­ holder value, is in fact dead. The Federal Reserve said the American economy, and in­ flation, will grow at a much quicker pace this year than it had forecast. At its meeting on March 11th, the European Central Bank committed to speed up its purchase of bonds over the next three months in response to the euro zone’s insipid economic recovery and rising borrowing costs.  As it tries to catch up some of the ground it lost to Ericsson and Huawei in the roll­out of 5g, Nokia said it would cut up to 10,000 jobs in order to “reset” its future capabilities. The Finnish maker of network

equipment has been gradually reducing its workforce from a peak of 132,000 in 2010. Members of the Sackler family increased the amount they will pay under the OxyContin settlement to $4.3bn. The family still own Purdue Phar­ ma, which made the addictive painkiller and needs to settle the claims against it in order to leave bankruptcy protection. Greggs, a British purveyor of cheap­but­cheerful sand­ wiches and snacks, reported its first annual loss since becoming a public company in 1984. The retailer, which has bucked the trend of high­street closures through canny marketing, most notably of its vegan sausage roll, plans to bounce back from the pan­ demic by opening 1,000 new shops in the coming years. Carpet burn Changes to the official basket of goods and services that make up Britain’s consumer­ price index reflected the pan­ demic. In come hand sanitis­ ers, hand weights and lounge­ wear. Out go ground coffee, white­chocolate bars and Axminster and Wilton carpets, flooring that went out of fash­ ion in the 1980s. 

Others may lead investors to the same. We help you go your own way. Wealth is personal, and so is the way you manage it. That’s why we work with you to create a financial roadmap that feels right for you. It’s time to change to a modern approach to wealth management.

Learn more at Schwab.com From Investor's Business Daily, October 12, 2020, ©2020 Investor's Business Daily, Inc. All rights reserved. ©2021 Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. All rights reserved. Member SIPC. (0920-0ZDU) ADP112281-00

Leaders 9

Dealing with China An epoch­defining contest between autocracy and liberal values lies ahead 

L

ast week China slapped down democracy in Hong Kong. The imposition of tight mainland control over the territory is not just a tragedy for the 7.5m people who live there, it is also a mea­ sure of China’s determination not to compromise over how it as­ serts its will. After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, liberal values  were  ascendant  around  the  world.  The  challenge  from China will subject them to their greatest test since the early days of the cold war. What is more, as the economy of Hong Kong also shows, China is more tightly coupled with the West than com­ munist Russia ever was. This presents the free world with an ep­ och­defining  question:  how  should  it  best  secure  prosperity, lower the risk of war and protect freedom as China rises?  Hong Kong defies those looking for a simple answer. China has cut the share of directly elected legislators from 50% to as low as 22% and will require that they are vetted for “patriotism”. It is the culmination of a campaign to squash liberty in the terri­ tory (see Briefing). The leaders of the protest movement are in exile,  in  prison  or  intimidated  by  a  security  law  imposed  on Hong Kong in 2020. Censorship is rising and Hong Kong’s judi­ ciary and regulators will face pressure to show their fealty. On March 12th the g7 group of democracies condemned China’s au­ tocratic  clampdown,  which  is  a  breach  of  the  country’s  treaty obligations. China’s diplomats replied with bombastic denials. You  might  think  the  death  of  liberalism  in Asia’s  financial  centre,  which  hosts  $10trn  of cross­border investments, would trigger panic, capital  flight  and  a  business  exodus.  Instead Hong Kong is enjoying a financial boom. Share offerings  have  soared  as  China’s  leading  com­ panies  list  there  (see  Business  section).  West­ ern firms are in the thick of it: the top under­ writers are Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs. Last year, the value of us dollar payments cleared in Hong Kong, a hub for the world’s reserve currency, hit a record $11trn.  The same pattern of political oppression and commercial ef­ fervescence  is  to  be  found  on  the  mainland.  In  2020  China abused human rights in Xinjiang, waged cyber­warfare, threat­ ened its neighbours and intensified the cult of personality sur­ rounding President Xi Jinping. Another purge is under way. Yet when they talk to shareholders about China, global firms gloss over this brutal reality: “Very happy,” says Siemens; “Phenom­ enal,” reckons Apple; and “Remarkable,” says Starbucks. Main­ land China attracted $163bn of fresh multinational investment last year, more than any other country. It is opening the main­ land  capital  markets  to  foreigners  (see  Finance  section),  who have invested $900bn, in a landmark shift for global finance. Moreover, the pull China exerts is no longer just a matter of size—although, with 18% of world gdp, it has that too. The coun­ try is also where firms discover consumer trends and innova­ tions. It is increasingly where commodity prices and the cost of capital are set, and is becoming a source of regulations. Business is betting that, in Hong Kong and the mainland, China’s thug­ gish government is capable of self­restraint in the commercial sphere, providing contractual certainty, despite the lack of fully independent  courts  and  free  speech.  Though  China’s  best­

known tycoon, Jack Ma, has fallen from political favour, foreign investors’ stakes in his empire are still worth over $500bn.  All this is a rebuke to the West’s China policy of recent dec­ ades.  When  Western  leaders  welcomed  China  into  the  world trading system in 2001, many of them believed that it would au­ tomatically become freer as it became richer. When that did not happen  the  Trump  administration  tried  coercion,  tariffs  and sanctions. Those have failed, too—and not only in Hong Kong. America has led a three­year campaign against Huawei, a firm it accuses of spying. Of the 170 countries that use its products, only a dozen or so have banned it. Meanwhile, the number of Chinese tech firms worth over $50bn has risen from seven to 15.  One response would be for the West to double down by seek­ ing a full disengagement with China in an attempt to isolate it and force it to change tack. The cost would be high. China’s share of  world  trade  is  three  times  that  of  the  Soviet  Union  in 1959. Prices would rise as Western consumers were cut off from the world’s factory. China makes 22% of global manufacturing ex­ ports. Western clusters that rely on China would face a shock: tech  in  America,  cars  in  Germany,  banking  in  Britain,  luxury goods in France and mining in Australia. Banning China from using the dollar today could trigger a global financial crisis.  Such a price might be worth paying if an embargo were likely to succeed. But there are many reasons to think that the West cannot penalise the Chinese Com­ munist Party out of power. In the short run, if forced  to  take  sides,  many  countries  might choose China over the West. After all, China is the  largest  goods  trading  partner  of  64  coun­ tries, against just 38 for America. Instead of iso­ lating China, America and its allies could end up isolating themselves. In the long run, unlike the oil­soaked Soviet Union, China is big, diverse and innovative enough to adapt to outside pressure. It is testing a digital curren­ cy, which could eventually rival the dollar as a way to settle trade. It aims to be self­sufficient in semiconductors.  At  least  an  embargo  would  encourage  China  to  protect  hu­ man rights, some will say. Yet isolation tends to strengthen the grip of autocratic governments. Cut off from commercial, intel­ lectual and cultural contact with the West, ordinary Chinese will be  even  more  deprived  of  outside  ideas  and  information.  The day­to­day contact of 1m foreign­invested businesses in China with their customers and staff, and 40,000 Chinese firms abroad with the world, is a conduit that even China’s censors struggle to contain.  Students  and  tourists  engage  in  millions  of  ordinary encounters that are not intermediated by Big Brother.  Engagement with China is the only sensible course, but how does it avoid becoming appeasement? That is the challenge fac­ ing the Biden administration, which held a summit with China as we went to press. It is at the heart of strategic reviews like the one Britain has just unveiled (see Britain section).  It  starts  with  building  up  the  West’s  defences.  Institutions and supply chains must be buttressed against Chinese state in­ terference,  including  universities,  the  cloud  and  energy  sys­ tems. The creaking American­led infrastructure behind globali­

10

Leaders

The Economist March 20th 2021

sation—treaties,  payments  networks,  technology standards— must be modernised to give countries an alternative to the com­ peting system China is assembling. To keep the peace, the cost to China of military aggression must be raised, by strengthening coalitions such as the “Quad” with India, Japan and Australia, and bolstering Taiwan’s military strength. Greater resilience allows openness and a tough stance on hu­ man rights. By articulating an alternative vision to totalitarian­ ism, liberal governments can sustain the vigour of open socie­ ties everywhere in a confrontation that, if it is not to end in a tragic war, will last decades. It is vital to show that talk of univer­ sal  values  and  human  rights  is  more  than  a  tactic to preserve

Western hegemony and keep China down. That means firms act­ ing against enormities by, say, excluding forced labour from their supply chains. Whereas Western amorality would only make Chinese nationalism more threatening, principled advo­ cacy of human rights sustained over many years may encourage China’s people to demand the same freedoms for themselves. China’s rulers believe they have found a way to marry auto­ cracy with technocracy, opacity with openness, and brutality with commercial predictability. After the suppression of Hong Kong, free societies should be more aware than ever of the chal­ lenge that presents. They now need to muster a response—and to prepare their defences for the long struggle ahead. n

Immigration

Biden’s border crisis The president faces a decisive test of his leadership

O

n his first day in office, President Joe Biden signed an exec­ being pro­immigrant yet anti­illegal­immigration. Recent Dem­ utive action to halt construction of Donald Trump’s contro­ ocratic presidents have taken strong stands on enforcement, in­ versial and expensive border wall, but now he has a new wall of cluding deporting illegal immigrants, bulking up border control worry. A crisis is rapidly building on the southern border with and building fencing on the southern border. Mr Biden should start with manageable tasks, visiting the Mexico, as hundreds of thousands of migrants seek entry into the United States, fuelled by the hope that the new president will border to understand the scale and complexity of the challenge be  more  welcoming  than  his  predecessor  was. In January and confronting him. He should immediately appoint permanent February  the  number  of  unaccompanied  minors apprehended leaders for Customs and Border Protection and Immigration and along the border started to surge above previous peaks. Illegal Customs Enforcement. Their staff are overwhelmed, confused border crossings in general are soaring, amid predictions that about which policies are in effect and unsure what the adminis­ tration plans to do next (see United States section). Simple ac­ this year they may be the highest for two decades. For Mr Biden this poses a threat.  Immigration, for years the tions, such as directing more intelligence resources to crack most polarising issue in American politics and one that has be­ down on cartels and smugglers and getting rid of the invasive come ever harder to solve, could soon dominate the agenda. To brush along the banks of the Rio Grande, could have an outsize the  president’s  right,  Republicans  are  on  the  rampage. To his impact by making it easier for Border Patrol to do its job. Beyond such measures Mr Biden needs to overhaul the asy­ left,  meanwhile,  progressive  Democrats  are  out of step with lum process. Because of a backlog in immigra­ wider  American  opinion,  championing  im­ tion­court cases—which today number 1.3m, practical  demands  (such  as  stopping  deporta­ US, border apprehensions Unaccompanied children, ’000 about two­and­a­half times the total when Mr tions) while labour unions oppose sensible pol­ Fiscal years (Oct-Sep) Trump assumed office—resolution of asylum icies such as issuing more work visas. Mr Biden 80 claims takes years. Many migrants are allowed may  want  to  avoid  a  confrontation  with  pro­ 40 to stay in America while their cases are pend­ gressives, whose support he needs for other leg­ 0 ing. Better to let claims be evaluated by asylum islation.  Yet  he  finds  himself  in  a  bind  that 2012 14 16 18 21 officers instead of judges. Those who want to could yet cost his party control of Congress in (to Feb) appeal against adverse decisions could still do the mid­term elections next year. In the short term, Mr Biden cannot change the dire circum­ so in court, but such a change would ensure resolution within stances  that  are  propelling  Central  Americans,  Mexicans  and months, not years. Although a grand bargain on immigration is others from trying to set foot on American soil, but he can easily probably  impossible  in  today’s  polarised  environment,  more alter  the  signals  he  sends.  His  administration  has  at  times such technocratic compromises may be feasible. A sustainable immigration policy for the future must involve sounded like a shy host who is too polite to kick out hungry gate­ crashers. “We are not saying ‘Don’t come’. We are saying ‘Don’t creating  more  ways  for  immigrants  to  enter  America  legally. come now’,” was the excessively mild recent message to poten­ Currently there is no queue to join if you want to come to live tial migrants from the secretary of homeland security, Alejandro and work in America, which is why so many migrants are either Mayorkas. On March 16th Mr Biden sought to dispel any ambi­ rushing the border to claim asylum or entering illegally. The asy­ guity:  “I  can  say  quite  clearly:  don’t  come  over,”  he  told  abc lum system has become a backdoor substitute for a proper im­ migration scheme. Mr Biden would also, sensibly, like to extend News. He needs to do more to impose clarity and control.  That means making it plain that tolerance of legal immigra­ citizenship to undocumented immigrants who are already liv­ tion has to go hand in hand with toughness on the illegal sort. ing in America and to the “Dreamers” who arrived there as chil­ This will sometimes feel harsh. Unaccompanied minors who do dren. Yet hope of such reforms depends on him acting decisive­ not have successful asylum claims or family of legal status in ly. An uncomfortable showdown with noisy elements within his America should be sent home. But there is no contradiction in own party may soon be needed. n

The Economist March 20th 2021

Leaders

Covid-19 vaccination

Another shot in the foot European countries’ abundance of caution will cost lives

I

t does not take much for people to lose confidence in vac­ er countries. Britain has administered more than 10m doses of cines.  When  a  few  Europeans  who  had  received the Astra­ each of the az vaccine and the one made by Pfizer, an American Zeneca  (az)  shot  for  covid­19  suffered  unusual blood clotting firm. Its medicines regulator reckons that both vaccines cause that  was  sometimes  fatal,  many  countries  in the European between three and six reports of side­effects for every 1,000 dos­ Union stopped using it. They say this shows they take safety se­ es delivered, almost all of which are mild. Even if it turns out to entail a minuscule risk of clotting dis­ riously. Unfortunately, their caution is more likely to cost lives. The suspensions began after Norway reported four cases of orders, vaccination is likely to be many, many times less danger­ blood  clotting  in  adults  given  the  az vaccine.  Similar reports ous than catching covid­19. People routinely undertake activ­ have come from other European countries. Within days at least ities that involve a small risk of blood clots, such as flying, tak­ 16  of  them,  including  Germany,  France  and  Italy, had called a ing birth­control pills, smoking and eating unhealthily. European officials have described the suspensions as tempo­ halt.  The  World  Health  Organisation,  the  European Medicines Agency (ema) and the regulator in Britain, where the az vaccine rary precautions. When the evidence is in, programmes can pick up where they left off—and the public will be reassured. That has been used abundantly, urged people to keep getting jabbed. logic is wrong on two counts. One is that, while The ema was to issue a report on March 18th, vaccination is halted, people will contract co­ updating  this  advice. It  is  hard  to  see  how  it Confirmed covid-19 cases EU27, seven-day moving average, ’000 vid­19. Precautionary regulation would have could  justify  a  change  in  its  position.  The  az 200 continued with vaccination while the clotting vaccine, like others, has been shown to be safe 150 was investigated because, given the prevalence in millions of people. 100 of the disease in Europe, which is growing, that Any confusion lies in the difficulty of disen­ 50 0 would minimise death and suffering. The other tangling  causation  from  correlation.  The  ema 2020 2021 mistake  is  that  doubts  caused  by  a  temporary reckons that as of March 10th there had been 30 halt are likely to persist.  “thromboembolic  events”  among  the  5m  peo­ Consider other vaccines. Many rich countries inoculate chil­ ple in the eu who have received az’s vaccine. By itself, that is no more remarkable than the fact that some of them will have sud­ dren against human papillomavirus (hpv), which causes cervi­ denly had relief from chronic back pain or seen their cancer go cal cancer. After anecdotal reports of side­effects in 2013, Japan into  remission.  The  question  is  whether  the  rates  are  higher stopped  recommending  the  hpv vaccine.  No  amount  of  evi­ than would otherwise be expected. With clots, even as evidence dence of the safety of the hpv vaccine has persuaded it to change from specific cases needs investigating, the mass of overall data its mind. As a result, according to one estimate, more than 5,000 Japanese women born between 1994 and 2007 have died. shows that the vaccines are safe.  Some European medics allege that their countries suspended In clinical trials 38% of those given the jab reported at least one  side­effect,  chiefly  things  like  pain  at  the  injection  site,  a their  vaccination  programmes  partly  out  of  eu “solidarity”  or headache or brief fever. So did 28% of those who got a dummy in­ frustration with eu bureaucrats telling them how to deal with jection. Less than 1% of either group went on to suffer any seri­ the pandemic. If so, that will rebound on them. If the death toll ous illness. Of those who did, more had been given the placebo. mounts  and  vaccination  rates  remain stubbornly  low,  expect Trial data are backed up by mass­vaccination experience in oth­ recriminations to fly. And rightly so. n

Civil liberties in Britain

A taste for cracking down The government should bin its illiberal attempt to restrict protest

“F

reeborn englishmen and women can no longer walk a few hundred paces down the queen’s pavement to Down­ ing Street to protest at the closure of their local hospital,” thun­ dered Boris Johnson in 2006. When the Tories were in opposi­ tion, Mr Johnson condemned attacks on the nation’s proud lib­ eral  traditions  by  the  dastardly  Labour  government  in  prose weighed down with patriotic tropes.  No  longer.  On  March  16th  his  government’s  Police,  Crime, Sentencing  and  Courts  bill,  which  includes  provisions  that would  sit  comfortably  in  Russian  or  Chinese  statute  books, passed its second reading in the House of Commons. It increases

the  maximum  sentence  for  defacing  a  memorial  from  three months to ten years and would allow police to restrict protests if the noise they make has a “relevant impact” on people in their vicinity. Since making an impact on people nearby is the point of protests,  this  bill  would  give  police  excessive  powers  to  gag  demonstrations. The clause on memorials is a clue to the government’s moti­ vation. There has been an upsurge in protests in the past couple of years, especially by Black Lives Matter (blm) and Extinction Rebellion (xr). blm protests targeted statues connected with the slave trade and the empire; even Winston Churchill was daubed

11

Helping millions of businesses adapt and recover restaurant open now The Cerdas family opened Irazu in 1990, and have been serving traditional Costa Rican dishes to hungry Chicagoans ever since. At the start of last year, business was better than ever—and then the pandemic hit. In the past year alone, Google has launched dozens of ways to help small businesses like Irazu. By activating features like curbside pickup and no-contact delivery on their Business Profile on Google, Irazu stayed connected to their customers—and that helped them stay open. Find free resources for your small business at google.com/grow

Irazu Costa Rican 4.5

Open • Closes 9PM

CALL

MESSAGE

DIRECTIONS

WEBSITE

ORDER PICKUP

Curbside pickup

No-contact delivery

14

Leaders

The Economist March 20th 2021

with paint. xr caused disruption in London with a series of spec­ tacular protests in 2019, and the prime minister no doubt fears being upstaged by a protest group with a talent for dramatic vi­ suals at the cop26 global climate­change conference in Glasgow in November. That societies should take pride in their histories and want to protect their memorials, even when some of the chaps on the plinths do not look quite as heroic now as they did in their own times, is understandable. That cities should try to minimise dis­ ruption  to  their  activities,  even  when  demonstrators  have  a powerful cause, is understandable. But those interests must be balanced with others. Freedom of expression, including the freedom of assembly, is central to a liberal democracy, and decent societies have to put up with a few inconveniences to guarantee it. That’s not just be­ cause  expression  bolsters  individual  liberty,  but  also  because governments sometimes need to hear what protesters have to say. xr has made the world take climate change more seriously. blm has made white people think harder about racism. Most of what is now called political progress started off as protest.

The pandemic has set a dangerous precedent. Governments all over the world have used it to suppress civil liberties. Mostly, that  has  been  in  countries  without  the  proud  liberal  tradition that Mr Johnson used to celebrate, but even in Britain the gov­ ernment appears to have got a taste for cracking down. On March 7th a nurse was fined £10,000 ($14,000) under covid­19 legisla­ tion  for  organising  a  40­person  demonstration  demanding higher pay rises for health workers. And after spending much of a year locked up by decree, freeborn Englishmen and women are less trenchant in the defence of their liberties than Mr Johnson once assumed. By two to one, they think protest should be illegal in a pandemic; and when police arrested women at a vigil for a murder victim on March 13th, a plurality thought that they were right to have banned the event. This complacency is as dangerous as the government’s illib­ eralism. Britons may take their freedoms for granted now, but they have had to defend them in the past and will again. That is what put Churchill—the prime minister’s hero—on a plinth. Un­ less Mr Johnson bins this rotten bill, he will do more damage to Churchill’s legacy than any paint­spraying protester. n

Economic development

How to promote African factories A sub-Saharan industrial revolution need not be a pipe dream

F

ew buildings symbolise the rise and fall of manufacturing in South Africa better than the old General Motors plant in Gqeberha (previously Port Elizabeth). During apartheid the fac­ tory was sheltered from international competition by sanctions and  tariffs.  Now  its  vast  silvered  assembly  halls  stand  bare.  It was  closed  in  2017,  an  emblem  of  South  Africa’s  car  industry, which shed almost one in four jobs between 2009 and 2017. That is typical of a wider decline of manufacturing across the conti­ nent. In 1975­2014 manufacturing’s share of gdp in sub­Saharan Africa fell from 19% to 11%.  This collapse has plenty of causes. In countries such as Zam­ bia, firms were nationalised and run into the ground by bureau­ crats.  In  resource­rich  places  such  as  Nigeria exports  of  oil  or  other  commodities  led  to  an overvalued local currency, making it cheaper to import things than make them. As much of the continent  opened  up  to  imports  in  the 1990s, manufacturers  struggled  to  hold  their  own against  hyper­competitive  Chinese  firms  with the scale to drive down costs.  In  2015  Dani  Rodrik,  an  economist  at  Har­ vard,  wrote  of  “premature  deindustrialisation”  in  Africa.  The continent seemed to be missing out on an important means of boosting  productivity  and  creating  jobs.  The  ladder  that  hun­ dreds of millions of Asians had climbed up out of poverty had been taken away just as Africans were putting a foot on the first rung,  some  feared.  Since  by  around  2035  there  will  be  more young people joining the workforce in Africa than in the rest of the world combined, it matters whether this idea is right. Thankfully, newer data suggest it is not. Sub­Saharan Africa’s manufacturing slump bottomed out in the 2000s. Since 2010 the number of workers in African factories has steadily risen (see Middle  East  &  Africa  section).  So  has  factory  output.  Worries

about deindustrialisation now look as if they are premature.  Many  African  leaders  are  eager  to  promote  manufacturing, partly to avoid dependence on volatile commodities and partly because their countries have found it so frustratingly hard to im­ port medical supplies quickly enough during the pandemic. To get the best results, they should start by learning from past fail­ ures. That means avoiding nationalising companies, subsidis­ ing  national  champions  or  raising  import  barriers  to  cosset home­grown  industries.  Many  leaders  are  wisely  embracing  a continent­wide free­trade agreement that came into force this year. It offers hope: a mattress­maker in landlocked Rwanda is more likely to grow by winning orders in next­door Congo than in far­off Japan.  Yet it is not enough for African governments to  do  no  harm.  Companies  also  need  reliable power, educated workers and good infrastruc­ ture to improve productivity. Since hard choic­ es are inevitable, governments should pick in­ vestments that diversify away from commodi­ ties. This would mean building ports with roads to industrial areas rather than to mines in the middle of nowhere. Some governments are giving tax incentives to companies in a bid to break into prestigious industries like carmaking. They might do better to focus on easier targets, such as processing food for local stomachs, or making dull products like packaging for neighbouring countries.  If  infrastructure  and  governance  improve,  more  firms  may choose to build factories in Africa to make components for glob­ al supply chains using parts from local suppliers. Industrialisa­ tion in Africa will not look the same as it did in Asia. Circum­ stances are different, and technology has moved on. But the no­ tion that Africa has missed out on manufacturing seems to be mistaken. With better policies, its firms can find a path. n

Letters That interview Your report on Oprah Winfrey’s interview with Meghan and Harry made the assertion that “Being a royal is about serving an institution. It does not work for those who crave individual attention” (“Taking on the firm”, March 13th). The queen and the Duchess of Cambridge (Kate Middleton) were held up as examples of royals who have excelled at suppressing their opinions for the sake of the household. Princess Diana and Meghan were accused of fail­ ing to understand the “job”, unwilling to forgo their indi­ viduality for the greater good of the country.  It appears that The Economist applies these rigid expec­ tations of selflessness only on female royals. Lest we forget, Prince Charles spectacularly failed to “subsume individual needs in those of the institu­ tion” when he had an affair with Camilla Parker Bowles. It seems that while princes can be acceptably divisive, it is up to the ladies to placate the public.  beth shaffer­mccarthy Naperville, Illinois

Most media missed the contra­ diction in the Sussexes interview with Oprah. The transcript shows that Meghan implied the notorious skin­ tone question was asked about their son when she was preg­ nant. Harry, on the other hand, quite clearly says the conversa­ tion about “what will the kids look like” happened “right at the beginning”. This makes a difference, from what might have been an attack on a moth­ er and her unborn child, to an impolite and insensitive ques­ tion in what might have been a wide­ranging chat about married life. kieran sheedy London It is quite unfair to say that Queen Elizabeth “has not said a single interesting thing in public in her 70 years on the throne”. I can think of several. In particular, in a message to the American people shortly after the terrorist attacks of

The Economist March 20th 2021 15

September 11th 2001 she said, very memorably, that grief is the price we pay for love. bill knight London The misfortune of others I read the letter from Zsuzsanna Schiff about the lack of an English equivalent of Schadenfreude (Letters, March 6th). May I introduce the word epicaricacy to her. It is rarely used, but I hope this revelation does not destroy her faith in the “compassionate nature” of English people. james wigmore Farnham, Surrey

The smuggest guys Schumpeter was right to point out McKinsey's ethical short­ comings, which have been decades in the making (March 6th). As a junior consultant in the mid­1990s, I was lectured on the vital importance of probity, only to see Rajat Gup­ ta, the man who led the firm at the time, locked up for insider trading. Yet dishonesty and hypocrisy aren't necessarily barriers to commercial suc­ cess. McKinsey's greatest threat may instead be its in­ creasing irrelevance. Having been subjected to more than 25 years' worth of alumni news­ letters, articles and lectures, I cannot recall a single valuable idea in the fields of technology, media and education in which I work. The online world is now replete with influential networks of expertise and genuinely insightful analysts; very few of them have much to do with the big consultancies. timo hannay London

Schumpeter’s claims about the workings of McKinsey were sensationalist and unfounded. No one is suggesting that the advice it gave to Purdue Pharma was a good idea. But McKinsey has thousands of clients across every industry and is incredibly decentral­ ised. Many companies and governments have turned to the management consultancy during the pandemic. Its pub­

lic image may have taken a beating, but its clients still appreciate the intellectual candour of its consultants. In truth, McKinsey isn’t hired when there is an easy answer, which can make it unpopular. The majority of its projects improve the lives of most people, so it is disingenuous to focus on a small number of problematic cases. dylan moore Redwood City, California Populist Rome and America You discussed experiments with universal basic income schemes (“Cheques and bal­ ances”, March 6th). Arguments for such payments stretch back longer than you think, to late republican Rome. The “grain dole” was introduced as part of a massive plan of public spending championed by Gaius Gracchus, a populist, becoming a feature of Rome’s increasingly violent and parti­ san politics. Here was a hegemonic power, triumphant after a final military victory against its mortal foe (Carthage) but plagued by periodic foreign wars thereafter, with an in­ creasingly corrupt Senate, ever greater disparities of wealth and poverty, acrimonious debates about the scope of citizenship, and the use of mob violence as a tool of polit­ ical power. Let’s hope that the current experiment in repub­ lican government manages a course correction before it suffers the same fate. gavin marshall Vancouver, Canada

Come fly with me Your recent article calling for an end to duty­free shopping at airports will win praise from absolute purists in revenue departments, but few others (“Call of duty”, February 27th). Duty free will be a vital corner­ stone for the post­pandemic recovery of the wider travel industry. Airports must be given every opportunity to stand on their own feet and maximise revenue. Govern­ ment support, while welcome,

is no long­term answer. A diverse and integrated pas­ senger experience, which includes duty free, will meet passenger demands and put travel hubs in the right place to survive and thrive. sarah branquinho President  Duty Free World Council Paris My local grocery store sells my house scotch for $14.99 plus tax. lax duty free sells the same bottle for $25. It may be “tax free”, but it certainly pro­ duces hefty profits. olof hult Los Angeles Many travellers like myself are simply trying to get from A to B, and find themselves stuck for hours waiting for a delayed connection. What we need are a comfortable chair, a decent bookstore and a hamburger. What we get is row upon row of shops selling overpriced handbags, jewellery and sou­ venirs. If we got rid of duty free the space made available could be devoted to businesses that cater to the basic creature comforts of the passenger. david brewer Puslinch, Canada Historic whiskers “Helpful humidity” (March 6th) noted that face masks may stop the spread of viruses. It strikes me that large beards may play the same role. In hunter­gatherer societies bearded males roamed far and wide and made contact with other communities. Could it be that beards evolved as de facto masks, protecting males from airborne pathogens? Might a hairy face mask be effective at protecting humans today? Some beardy research would be interesting. david lasley Dudelange, Luxembourg

Letters are welcome and should be addressed to the Editor at The Economist, The Adelphi Building, 1-11 John Adam Street, London wc2n 6ht Email: [email protected] More letters are available at: Economist.com/letters

16

Executive focus

Executive focus

17

18

Executive focus

Briefing Hong Kong

The Economist March 20th 2021

The way it’s going to be

BE IJING AND HO NG KO NG

China is not just shackling Hong Kong. It is set on remaking it

F

or most of  its  modern  history,  Hong Kong  had  no  time  for  nostalgia.  Little remains of the Victorian mansions or art­ deco towers that once flanked its harbour. The city was built by unsentimental people in a hurry: traders and shippers and British opium  peddlers  turned  merchant­gran­ dees;  imperial  officials  as  tough  as  the granite of Victoria Peak; wave upon wave of Chinese  migrants.  20th­century  elites  re­ placed domed and colonnaded landmarks with towers of concrete, glass and steel, de­ stroying their heritage in the name of pro­ gress  and  profit.  Only  in  recent  years  did the  pace  of  destruction  slow,  as  growing civic pride saw a few old sites preserved. Today’s  ruling  elite  is  bent  on  further demolition.  Its  mainland  Chinese  envoys and Hong Kong officials who look to Bei­ jing  for  their  orders  have  earmarked  a breathtaking  list  of  Hong  Kong  institu­ tions for dismantling and replacement.  It starts with democratic elections. Chi­ na’s  autocrats were  appalled  when,  after months of demonstrations in 2019 against a  proposed  new  extradition  law,  pro­de­ mocracy politicians won a landslide victo­

ry  in  elections  for  Hong  Kong’s  district councils  that  November.  The  result  gave Beijing reason to fear a similar drubbing in elections to the somewhat more powerful Legislative Council (Legco), set for Septem­ ber 2020. Those elections were duly post­ poned,  with  pro­democracy  politicians barred from standing and accused of sub­ version for saying they would oppose the government. On  March  11th,  far  to  the  north  in  a smoggy Beijing, delegates to the National People’s  Congress,  China’s  pliant  legisla­ ture, approved sweeping changes to Hong Kong’s  election  laws  by  a  margin  of  2,895 votes (there was one abstention). Branded “Patriots  administering  Hong  Kong”,  the amendments  will  effectively  bar  avowed opponents of the Hong Kong government or critics of China’s Communist Party from seeking election to anything.  Candidates for elected office are not the only  ones  to  whom  such  conditions  will apply.  China  and  its  local  allies  are  de­ manding  all  public  officials  should  pass stricter  patriotism  tests.  Over  time  that will leave less room for the proudly inde­

pendent judges, some of them foreigners, who  currently  make  Hong  Kong’s  courts some of the most trusted in Asia. The rule of law in Hong Kong will be remodelled. A  national­security  law  imposed  last June in response to the protests of 2019 is limiting  liberties  such  as  the  freedom  of speech, a free press and the right to peace­ ful protest. Almost 50 democratic activists were  recently  charged  under  the  law  for holding a primary election before running for seats in Legco. Others have been arrest­ ed  for  holding  up  banned  slogans  or  for calling for sanctions against China. In February officials unveiled a new pa­ triotic  curriculum  to  teach  children  “a sense of belonging to the country” and “af­ fection for the Chinese people”, a response to the pride schools in the city have taken in  teaching  Hong  Kong  children  to  think critically. Children as young as six will be asked  to  memorise  offences  criminalised by  the  national­security  law,  including subversion,  secession,  terrorism  and  col­ lusion  with  foreign  powers.  Chinese  offi­ cials  and  their  local  allies  are  convinced that years of liberal education have poison­ ed  Hong  Kong’s  young  minds,  leaving them easy prey for foreign troublemakers.  The totemic pledge that Chinese sover­ eignty over Hong Kong would be guided by the principle of “one country, two systems” lies  in  ruins.  The  formula,  coined  in  the 1980s  by  Deng  Xiaoping,  China’s  para­ mount  leader,  spoke  to  Hong  Kong’s unique value as a gateway to a vastly richer and  more  advanced  Western  world  from

19

20

Briefing Hong Kong

which  China  could  learn,  a  value  which justified  exceptionalism.  Guaranteeing that  Hong  Kong’s  capitalist way  of  life would  continue  for  at  least  50  years  after the Union Flag was lowered was a way to keep  that  gateway  open  without  seeing capital and know­how rush out through it.  The China ruled by Xi Jinping today still sees  benefits  in  preserving  Hong  Kong  as an  international  financial  centre.  Operat­ ing  outside  the  mainland’s  strict  capital controls,  Hong  Kong  issues  its  own  hard currency,  the  Hong  Kong  dollar,  that  is freely  convertible  against  the  American dollar,  and  offers  Chinese  firms  access  to some  of  the  deepest  pools  of  capital  on Earth. But Hong Kong’s access to Western know­how,  as  opposed  to  money,  holds less interest for party chiefs.  Changing the guard Mr  Xi  and  others  repeatedly  declare  that “the  East  is  rising  and  the  West  is  in  de­ cline.” Successive crises, from the financial crash  of  2008  to  the  covid­19  pandemic, have left Chinese leaders increasingly con­ fident  that  their  model  of  techno­author­ itarian  state  capitalism  is  superior  to  the partisan  squabbling,  short­termism  and selfish individualism they see in the dem­ ocratic  West.  When  officials  talk  of  pre­ serving  “one  country,  two  systems”  they are  talking  of  different  Chinese  systems, not paying tribute to a discarded Western one. China’s rulers are not impressed when Western  governments  suggest  that  losing the  hearts  and  minds  of  7.5m  Hong  Kon­ gers  is  a  calamity.  Throughout  2019,  offi­ cials  in  Beijing  growled  that  they  served the interests of 1.4bn Chinese. They are especially scornful of protests from  America,  Britain  and  other  Western powers that the changes being imposed on Hong Kong are a betrayal of undertakings to preserve Hong Kong’s way of life that it agreed  to  before  the  1997  handover.  Chi­ nese  officials  and  state­backed  scholars call the pre­handover Sino­British Declara­ tion  a  “historical  document”  and  accuse Western critics of colonial nostalgia. To fo­ cus  on  China’s  breaking  of  old  promises, though, is to risk missing the sheer scale of its ambitions for Hong Kong's future. Talk  to  Chinese  officials  and  state­ backed scholars, as well as to pro­govern­ ment  politicians  in  Hong  Kong,  and  they will insist that neutralising the opposition is a necessary step towards a greater goal: repairing  flaws  that  render  Hong  Kong’s political and economic systems structural­ ly unsound through a wholesale remodell­ ing of its institutions and society. What is more, they are sure that Hong Kong’s role as  an  international  financial  centre will generate  such  profits  that  Western  finan­ cial institutions will rush to invest, render­ ing the grumbling of foreign governments irrelevant.

The Economist March 20th 2021

They may well be right. Many foreign executives reject the notion that political repression is pushing global investors away. On the contrary, a surge of global capital seeking to reach Chinese markets has drawn more investment to Hong Kong over the past year. Cambridge Associates, a large investment group, said on March 8th that it would open an office in the city. The race to enter China has forced some man­ agers to “turn money away”, says a manag­ ing partner at a global law firm. Today’s Hong Kong stock exchange is utterly changed from that of the turn of the century. Then local companies dominated. Now the top traded companies are Chinese giants such as Tencent, Alibaba, Meituan and Xiaomi. There are now more than 2,000 mainland mutual funds that can in­ vest in Hong Kong, a number which in­ creased 268% in 2020. A wave of mainland cash has followed. Chinese investors brought net inflows of HK$672bn into the Hong Kong market last year through an in­ vestment channel called “stock connect”, 170% up on the year before. The inflows have made the city’s old corporate stars ir­ relevant. “Fuck them,” says an executive at a Chinese­state­backed investment man­ ager. “They are a drag on the index.” The hkex posted a 23% increase in prof­ its for last year, boosted by a number of Chinese initial public offerings. But the fat fees associated with such successes flow mostly to Chinese groups; the financial sector’s success is divorced from the rest of the city’s economy. Many local companies have struggled through the past two years of protests and pandemic. Swire, a 205­ year­old, British­headquartered conglom­ erate which was a pillar of Hong Kong’s old Two systems Hong Kong Mainland China

1997

2019 or latest

1997

2019 or latest

0

20

40

60

80

GDP per person $’000 at PPP 100

200

300

Stockmarket index Dec 31st 1997=100

400

* * 1

20

40

60

Freedom House score, 1=least free

† †

0.3

Gini coefficient 1=maximum inequality

Financial sector employees % of total

0.4

0.5 ‡

0.6 §



0

2

4

6 **

††

*Mar 17th 2021 †2003 ‡1996 §2016 **2000 ††2004 Sources: Wind; UN; World Bank; Freedom House; National Bureau of Statistics of China; Hong Kong statistics

8

economy, said on March 11th that underly­ ing profits for its property unit fell by 47% in 2020. One investment manager who was born in Hong Kong and works for a local firm says the boom in Chinese business has made him and many around him rich. Yet he sees few opportunities for the city’s youth outside of working for Chinese fi­ nancial­services groups. Some of the mainland­born, Western­ educated bankers in the upper echelons of Hong Kong banks actively welcome the na­ tional­security law. During the protests of 2019 they feared being attacked by locals in the streets for speaking Mandarin, rather than the local tongue, Cantonese. Many are relieved to see order restored to the streets, even with an iron fist. Tougher policing does not affect Westerners, says a main­ land financier. His foreign clients in Hong Kong laugh about the anxious memos they receive from bosses at home, asking about political developments. “It doesn’t really affect their life, right? They’re not going on the street to try to demonstrate against the government.” Class against class Despite the success of the financial sector Beijing longs to diversify Hong Kong’s economy, says the mainland financier. There are two reasons. One is an ideologi­ cal distaste for high finance among party bosses who see the proper role of banks as supporting the real economy by lending to businesses that make and sell tangible products. Maintaining Hong Kong as an in­ ternational financial centre is perhaps at best “a necessary evil” for Mr Xi and his close associates, says the financier—a pragmatic way to allow Chinese firms to raise foreign funds while the mainland maintains capital and currency controls. The other reason is real concern about Hong Kong’s income inequality, which is among the most extreme in the developed world, and the cruelly high costs of hous­ ing in the territory. Officials in Beijing deny all blame for an unhappy Hong Kong and are impatient with Westerners who cast Hong Kong’s discontent as a clash between a freedom­loving public and despotic rul­ ers: Marx has taught them that all politics is rooted in economic forces. Their fa­ voured scapegoats are foreign saboteurs and a small number of Hong Kong­Chinese oligarchs who have dominated the city’s property and retail sectors for generations. Western critics focus on the blow that the new election law lands on pro­democ­ racy parties. Chinese observers are equally interested in its changes to the Election Committee, which will give Beijing­ap­ pointed members the power to dilute the influence of the property tycoons. “It’s shameful for an economy as rich as Hong Kong to have that many people living with­ out basic human dignity in terms of hous­

22

Briefing Hong Kong

ing  conditions.  And  that  sentiment  is shared extensively in Beijing, in the leader­ ship,” says the mainland financier.  He  predicts  a  campaign  to  build  large amounts  of  public  rented  housing.  This could  be  facilitated  by  forcing  local  ty­ coons to release some of the territory’s co­ pious  undeveloped  land,  a  resource  they are  accused  of  hoarding  so  as  to  increase the value of their property holdings by cre­ ating scarcity. Beyond that assault on Hong Kong’s old­school business bosses, a wider campaign is brewing to craft a new “capi­ talism  with  Hong  Kong  characteristics”. The ultimate target is the city’s whole lais­ sez­faire, low­tax economic model, which some officials in Beijing grumble has been elevated to an almost religious creed by lo­ cal oligarchs, foreign business leaders and civil servants.  National leaders do not hide their exas­ peration with the low calibre of many who enter  Hong  Kong  politics  today.  At  the same  time  as  the  election  law  changes were  being  passed  in  Beijing,  the  central authorities sent what was widely seen as a warning along these lines in the form of a Hong Kong newspaper op­ed by Tian Fei­ long,  a  Beijing­based  law  professor  and member  of  a  government­backed  think­ tank,  the  Chinese  Association  of  Hong Kong  and  Macau  Studies.  Mr  Tian  wrote that  national  leaders  do  not  want  to  see rubber­stamp loyalists running the city.  In an interview in Beijing, Mr Tian ex­ pands on that thought. The central govern­ ment  wants  to  set  patriotism  as  a  “base­ line”,  so  that  Hong  Kong  politicians  can stop dwelling on questions about who is a patriot or not and begin to compete on the basis of their policies. Patriots should love their country, says Mr Tian, but only need to respect the Communist Party. The pro­ fessor  insists  that  moderate  democrats, “once they have adjusted” to the new rules, are welcome to seek election to “supervise and criticise” the government as a form of loyal opposition.

The Economist March 20th 2021

It  is  less  clear  where  calls  for  loyalty leave  judges  from  Britain,  Australia  and Canada  whose  part­time  service  on  Hong Kong’s Court of Final Appeals is an indis­ pensable source of international business confidence.  Some  pro­government  law­ yers describe a legal system in which com­ mercial  cases  and  political  cases  will  be handled on different tracks, with more def­ erence  from  judges  in  political  cases.  Mr Tian  says  that  foreign  judges  will  not  be pushed out. But he concedes that the prin­ ciple  of  “patriots  governing  Hong  Kong” will create more cases that are not suitable for foreign judges and expose them to dis­ comforting  political  pressure.  “The  rules on that”, he says delicately, “may need fur­ ther clarification.” As for the hundreds of thousands who joined  the  protest  movement,  Mr  Tian trusts that education reforms will produce a  new  generation  of  youngsters  who  un­ derstand China and love it. He has blunter advice  for  those  too  old  for  school  and stubbornly  wedded  to  liberal  values.  “I think  they  will  experience  a  painful  psy­ chological transition, in other words, they will have to re­educate themselves.”  All the sad mercenaries Even  among  some  who  support  the  gov­ ernment, this is a moment of painful intro­ spection.  A  member  of  Legco  elected  by one of the “functional constituencies” that represent  a  specific  business  sector  ex­ presses shame at his role as a reliable vote for the government. “I’m a mercenary for the rich,” he says. Other loyalists are more bullish about managed democracy, seeing a moment to bring technocrats into public office. Maria Tam Wai­Chu, a senior mem­ ber of the National People’s Congress from Hong Kong, points to the global technolo­ gy  giants  which  have  transformed  Shen­ zhen, the gleaming megapolis that lies just across the border from Hong Kong, and la­ ments that: “We are so backwards here in Hong Kong.” She would like to see technol­

ogy  experts  or  business  executives  ap­ pointed or elected to Legco, to help the city confront the 21st century. She scoffs at for­ eigners who worry that those new legisla­ tors must be patriots. British mps swear al­ legiance to their monarch, she notes. Regina Ip, a law­and­order conservative and  pro­establishment  member  of  Legco, talks  of  Hong  Kong  becoming  an  “episto­ cracy”, the technical term for a society gov­ erned by experts and the highly educated. At  the  same  time,  she  admits,  the  anger and discontent seen during the protests in 2019  “has  gone  underground,  it  has  not gone  away”.  She  calls  for  patriotic  educa­ tion but also social­welfare policies to gen­ erate housing and jobs for the young. “We must have more redistribution,” she says. A palpable sense of sadness hangs over the  territory.  Politics  has  divided  work­ places,  friends  and  families.  If  winning over  a  majority  of  Hong  Kongers  proves slow  work,  leaders  in  Beijing  may  be tempted to play social engineer and craft a more  biddable  Hong  Kong,  whether  by blurring its borders with the mainland or shipping  in  new  people.  More  than  1m mainlanders have moved into Hong Kong since  1997.  Loyalist  politicians  in  Hong Kong  urge  young  people  to  try  studying and  working  in  the  booming  mainland next­door, or join the Chinese army.  Though emigration is a constant topic of conversation, an offer of a new fast track to residence in Britain was taken up by just 7,000  Hong  Kongers  between  July  2020 and January of this year. “I think the elites won’t  leave  because  they  live  well  and make  so  much  money.  If  other  people choose  to  leave,  it  won’t  be  difficult  for Beijing  to  find  new  middle­class  profes­ sionals to replace them,” says Mrs Ip. “Chi­ na does not lack people.” The democratic world has every right to be  shocked  by  the  demolition  of  “One country,  two  systems”  and  to  respond. America  has  not  lost  interest  in  Hong Kong, which is seen in Washington, dc, as a proof of China’s intolerance for dissent. Last October it imposed banking and other sanctions on the chief executive and nine other  mainland  and  Hong  Kong  officials accused of undermining the territory’s au­ tonomy,  in  breach  of  long­standing  Chi­ nese  commitments.  The  territory’s  chief executive  is  now  paid  in  cash,  her  home filling up with bank notes. On March 16th Joe  Biden’s  administration  imposed  bank sanctions  on  24  more  officials.  But  the most dramatic steps, involving changes to American policies that treat the Hong Kong dollar as a fully convertible currency, have not  been  taken,  not  least  because  the  re­ sulting pain would be felt worldwide. Western governments are not going to deter the demolition. The old Hong Kong is gone. Judge Mr Xi’s China by what it builds in its place. n

United States

The Economist March 20th 2021

Illegal immigration

Biden’s border bind MCALLE N, TEXAS

As the number of migrants trying to enter America rises, a humanitarian crisis could turn into a political one

T

he first thing  you  see  after  crossing the bridge from Reynosa, in Mexico, in­ to  Texas  is  a  large  white  sign  with  bright red  letters  that  spell  out  “BINGO”.  It  is meant as an advertisement for a hall where people can play the game. But it also serves as a reminder of the long odds and random luck that lie in store for those making their way to America. Hoping  fortune  may  be  on  their  side now that a pro­immigrant president is in the  White  House,  a  rising  number  of  mi­ grants are arriving. Guatemalans, Hondu­ rans and Salvadoreans are fleeing violence, poverty and a pair of hurricanes. Mexicans are coming to escape a contracting econo­ my.  From  last  October  through  February, Customs  and  Border  Protection  (cbp), which  guards  America’s  borders,  had around  400,000  encounters  along  the south­western border. That is the highest number during those months since 2006.  Many  are  children:  in  October­Febru­ ary, around 30,000 people under the age of 18  presented  themselves  at  the  border without a parent, setting off a scramble to

find beds in a system already stretched by the pandemic. A record 120,000 could ar­ rive this year—54% more than in the previ­ ous peak year of 2019. Plenty of those who make the treacher­ ous crossing are not spotted or apprehend­ ed by cbp. Matt Robinson, the head of secu­ rity  for  the  East  Foundation,  a  not­for­ profit outfit that manages 215,000 acres of ranchland in South Texas (an area roughly the  size  of  New  York  City),  reckons  he  is seeing ten to 20 times more migrants ille­ gally  crossing  the  foundation’s  land  than last autumn. The situation has “changed so fast, and is so upside down, I don’t know if → Also in this section 25 Murder in Atlanta 25 Fixing government tech 26 South Dakota’s economic trade­off 27 The decline of the black church

28 Lexington: Passage to India

there’s any guardrails,” says Urbino “Ben­ ny” Martinez, the sheriff of Brooks County, which is 70 miles north of the border, and has the morbid distinction of being a hot­ spot for migrant deaths from dehydration. This  situation  poses  a  huge  challenge for Joe Biden, who was elected partly on his promise to enact more humane immigra­ tion policies than his predecessor. A rush of migrants to the border could overwhelm an already rickety system and impede his ability to honour that promise. America has dealt with spikes in illegal immigration  before  (see  chart  on  next page), often caused by forces beyond a new president’s control. “There was always go­ ing to be a surge because of a backlog under Trump,” says Lee Gelernt of the American Civil  Liberties  Union.  Last  year  Donald Trump in effect sealed the border from en­ trants by invoking Title 42, a public­health order that authorised the rapid expulsion of all border­crossers and asylum­seekers because  of  concerns  about  covid­19.  This has resulted in pent­up demand.  But some migrants are arriving because Mr Biden’s actions may have given the im­ pression  that  America  does  not  intend  to enforce its immigration laws, and will put penitence for Mr Trump’s nativist policies ahead of border security. In January the Bi­ den administration ordered a 100­day halt to  deportations  of  illegal  immigrants  al­ ready  in  America.  (This  was  scuttled  by  a lawsuit from the state of Texas and a court ruling.)  He  has  ended  the  Trump­era  “re­

23

24

United States

main  in  Mexico”  policy,  under  which would­be immigrants remain south of the border to await their immigration proceed­ ings; some 20,000 people will soon be al­ lowed to enter America. His  administration  has  left  Title  42  in place,  which  allows  it  to  expel  more  bor­ der­crossers immediately. It has chosen to accept unaccompanied minors, regardless of whether they qualify for asylum or other special consideration. Some families have sent  their  children  ahead  to  America  be­ cause it is their likeliest shot at gaining en­ try.  Having  railed  against  the  Trump  ad­ ministration’s “zero tolerance” policy that resulted in family separation, Mr Biden is in the peculiar situation of watching some families  voluntarily  separate  to  get  their children into the United States. Rumour has it “We’ve  thrown  open  the  border  by  ru­ mour,”  says  Neal  Wilkins,  who  runs  the East  Foundation.  Sister  Norma  Pimentel, who heads the Catholic Charities of the Rio Grande Valley and interacts with many of the  arriving  families,  blames  “organised crime” for spreading the message that now is  the  time  to  come.  Smugglers  are  using the  change  of  administration  to  drum  up business.  From  Central  America  they charge $10,000, which includes a “coyote” to  guide  them  through  harsh  terrain  and three tries, if they get turned away by Bor­ der Patrol on their first two attempts. Many families are hoping to turn themselves in at the border to start the asylum process. In recent weeks, more families have al­ so been allowed in because of a decision by the  Mexican  government  to  stop  taking back families with young children that cbp has  tried  to  expel.  Pending  negative  co­ vid­19  tests  (Title  42  remains  in  effect), they are being processed and released into the Rio Grande Valley without needing to make a claim for asylum, whereas families who have children older than seven are, in effect, barred. Those who test positive are being put up at hotels to quarantine. Catholic  Charities  of  the  Rio  Grande Valley is helping around 700 new families every day at its shelter in McAllen, oppo­ site  the  bus  station.  Your  correspondent was  there  as  a  dozen  new  arrivals  were dropped off by Border Patrol. All had young children,  some  only  a  couple  of  months old. That fuels news that America’s borders are  opening,  which  encourages  others  to come.  Children  may  get  the  most  head­ lines, but, says Andrew Selee, president of the Migration Policy Institute, a think­tank in Washington, “by sheer numbers, there’s a lot more parents with children than un­ accompanied minors”. The system is already buckling. Ameri­ ca’s  immigration  system  was  designed when single people, mostly Mexican men, were  trying  to  cross  the  border  to  find

The Economist March 20th 2021

work. In the past decade there have been three demographic shifts among border­ crossers: from Mexicans to Central Ameri­ cans; from single people to families and children; and from those who need no hu­ manitarian protection to those asking for asylum. Although asylum­seekers on the southern border may be fleeing desperate circumstances, most will not meet the standard that lets them stay. But those who pass an interview proving “credible fear” are often released into the United States while their cases are pending. The overburdened immigration­court system now has 1.3m cases, about two­and­ a­half times the number when Mr Trump assumed office. Resolution takes years, and most migrants disappear into their communities while they wait. According to a study by the Department of Homeland Security, among asylum­seekers from the Northern Triangle countries of El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras who arrived be­ tween 2014 and 2019, 28% were repatriated by early 2020. Yet the department has no record of departure for the other 72%. With only 8% being granted some sort of relief from removal, the others are either still awaiting judgments or have decided to stay indefinitely, even though they are not le­ gally allowed to do so. Much of the burden for helping mi­ grants who arrive in America has long fall­ en on non­profit groups, especially during the previous surge in 2019 under President Trump. But covid­19 is presenting over­ stretched charities with additional chal­ lenges. “This time around we’re finding it a lot more difficult, because we don’t have volunteers,” says Sister Pimentel. We’re running short of hands to make it right.” The United Way of El Paso County recently asked 100 former volunteers to help, but only six said they were comfortable enough to accept, says Christina Lamour, vice­president of community impact. This affects communities well beyond the Valley. “Even 80 miles away from the border, people are affected,” says Susan Kibbe of the South Texans’ Property Rights

Association. Some ranchers are afraid to go to parts of their land, she says, after being threatened by smugglers and cartel mem­ bers. Agents who used to patrol farther north have been pulled down to the border. On the 90­minute drive from Ray­ mondville to Hebronville in the Rio Grande Valley, usually you would see ten Border Patrol officers and six officers from Texas’s Department of Public Safety, reckons Mr Robinson of the East Foundation. When your correspondent did the drive with him, they saw none. On any given day there could be 100 migrants hiding in the brush in Brooks County, says Mr Martinez, the sheriff, but with much of the county’s Bor­ der Patrol pulled south, the brushwork is often left undone. Such chaos has national­security im­ plications. Will Hurd, a former congress­ man, says intelligence organisations should make ending human smuggling in Central America a priority. It is not just Mexicans and Central Americans who ar­ rive through the southern border but oth­ ers from Asia, the Middle East and else­ where, seeking to enter undetected. This month cbp has intercepted at least three groups of more than 100 migrants each, in­ cluding nine Romanians. In addition to people, smugglers ferry drugs across the border. The more migrants overwhelm the system, the more this distracts from the task of cracking down on drugs. Between October and February, seizures of fentanyl rose by around 360% from a year ago. Who said what, when? Confusion about border policy is rife. Mr Biden has yet to nominate permanent heads of cbp and Immigration and Cus­ toms Enforcement (ice). One law­enforce­ ment official asked your correspondent whether Title 42 was still in effect. Others are unsure whether it was the United States or Mexico that decided not to send back families with young children. Hugo Zurita, who runs Good Neighbour Settlement House, a non­profit in Browns­ ville, says there needs to be “more commu­

Coming to America United States, apprehensions of illegal immigrants at south-western border By year*, m

Unaccompanied children, by year*, ’000 1.6

12

Unaccompanied children

1.2

Families Other

9

0.8

2021

2018

2019

6

0.4

Undifferentiated

3 2020 0

0 1960

70

80

90

2000

Source: US Customs and Border Protection

10

21†

Oct

Jan

May

Sep

*Fiscal years October-September †October 2020-February 2021

The Economist March 20th 2021

nication with dc and local officials. I’m not saying  we  need  to  know  every  detail,  but we need to know what’s going to happen.” Studying  conditions  at  the  border  first­ hand would surely help. “The big problem we  continue  to  have  with  government  is they never seem to get down on the ground and  talk  to  people  who  are  here  on  the front lines, who live and work in the com­ munity,”  says  Dennis  Nixon,  the  boss  of ibc, a bank, in Laredo, Texas. Mr Biden has already ordered a review of various immigration policies, from the asylum system to how to reunify families separated  under  Mr  Trump.  He  does  not have much time. Already immigrant­rights groups,  finding  themselves  with  more sway than they have had in years, are agi­ tating to end Trump­tainted Title 42.  But “if they were to lift that, you’d see the system overwhelmed even more,” says Theresa  Cardinal  Brown  of  the  Bipartisan Policy Centre, a think­tank. “Right now Ti­ tle 42 is the only thing that is buying the administration time to put in place the im­ migration system it wants.” There is talk of creating  reception  facilities  that  are  not just for detention, so migrants can find out more about the asylum process and get in­ formation: the sort some European coun­ tries have designed for refugees. “You can rely on the shelters and non­profits for on­ ly so long,” says Ms Brown. In  the  coming  months,  Mr  Biden  will find  himself  sandwiched  between  two pugnacious,  opposing  forces.  One  is  the left flank of his own party, which has be­ come more strident on immigration, stak­ ing  out  positions  such  as  abolishing cus­ toms  and  immigration  enforcement and never  detaining  unaccompanied minors. The other is the Republicans, who have al­ ready signalled that they intend to use the border as a wedge issue to take back Con­ gress in the 2022 mid­term elections. Un­ less Mr Biden can show that he is success­ fully grappling with the surge of migrants and  reining  in  his  own  party, the border could cost Democrats seats, much as “de­ fund the police” did in 2020. The border troubles also pose a threat to Mr Biden’s own agenda. He wants to shep­ herd through comprehensive immigration reform, offering illegal immigrants already in the United States a path to legal status, and  he  supports  giving citizenship to “Dreamers”, who were brought to America as young children. But those prospects dim as the surge of migrants grows. “Anything we’re trying to get passed connected with immigration is potentially at greater risk, depending  on  current  conditions at the border,”  says  Woody  Hunt, a Texan busi­ nessman, who, along with a group of busi­ ness leaders, supports offering permanent status  to  Dreamers.  For  Mr Biden, the southern  border  is  quickly becoming a moral and political quagmire. n

United States

Murder in Atlanta

Red lights ATLANTA

A gruesome shooting in Atlanta leaves Asian-Americans frightened

T

he stretch of Piedmont Road in north­east Atlanta is usually quiet and dreary.  Cracked  asphalt  and  faded  street signs  give  the  area  a  rundown  look,  and blacked­out windows suggest illicit activ­ ity.  This  is  Atlanta’s  red­light  district.  At night,  multicoloured  lights  flash  from shopfront  windows  in  a  futile  effort  to brighten the atmosphere. On the evening of March 16th the col­ ourful signage and lights illuminated a crime scene. Police officers guarded the pe­ rimeter of two spas, on opposite sides of the street, as other officers investigated a pair of shootings that left four people dead. An hour earlier another shooting, at Young’s Asian Massage in a nearby suburb, also killed four. Six of the eight dead were women of East Asian descent; the alleged shooter is a white man. Across the country, Asians and Asian­Americans wondered the same thing: was this yet another racial­ ly motivated crime against them? Shameful episodes of anti­Asian dis­ crimination litter American history. The Chinese Exclusion Act, signed into law in 1882, barred Chinese immigrants from citi­ zenship until 1943. During the second world war around 120,000 Japanese Amer­ icans were put in concentration camps. Anti­Asian sentiment has emerged again during the pandemic. The Centre for the Study of Hate and Extremism, a think­ tank, found that whereas, overall, hate crimes dropped by 7% from 2019 to 2020, those against people of Asian descent rose by nearly 150%. Similarly, the Pew Re­ search Centre, a pollster, reported in June 2020 that roughly two­fifths of Americans

said  that  people  expressed  racist  views about  Asians  more  often  than  before  the pandemic. Many fault Donald Trump, who referred to covid­19 as the “Chinese virus”, for emboldening people to act upon their prejudices. Perpetrators often target Asian women. Stop aapi Hate, a coalition of Asian advo­ cacy groups, received 3,795 reports of anti­ Asian incidents between March 2020 and February  2021—most  of  them  from  wom­ en.  The  incidents  ranged  from  verbal  ha­ rassment to being spat upon, a particularly vile act during a pandemic caused by a vi­ rus that spreads through respiratory drop­ lets.  The  report  contends  that  these  are “only a fraction” of the incidents that have actually occurred.  On  the  afternoon  of  March 17th  police officers said that the alleged shooter—Rob­ ert Aaron Long, a 21­year­old charged with eight  counts  of  murder  and  one  of  aggra­ vated assault—appeared to have been mo­ tivated by sexual addiction. Online reviews of the attacked massage parlours indicate that they may have offered sexual services. At  a  press  conference  the  day  after  the shootings, authorities said that he had “a bad  day”,  and  saw  the  spas  as  a  “tempta­ tion” that had to be eliminated.  But the possibility that his actions were fuelled by racism has not been ruled out. The  House  Judiciary  Committee  an­ nounced  it  will  hold  a  hearing  on  anti­ Asian  violence  on  March  18th.  Even  as  a semblance  of  post­pandemic  normality appears on the horizon, fear continues to grip America’s Asian communities. n Government software

Trying to get the hang of IT LOS ANGE LES

Despite many high-profile failures, government tech is slowly improving

I

t has been a  bad  year  for  government software. Early in the pandemic, unem­ ployment­insurance  systems  failed,  pre­ venting many jobless from signing up for benefits. Glitchy vaccine­registration soft­ ware in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Flor­ ida slowed roll­out. Deloitte, a consultan­ cy, was paid more than $40m by the Cen­ tres for Disease Control to produce a buggy vaccine­data system. In February whistle­ blowers  reported  that  prison­administra­ tion software was keeping inmates in Ari­ zona locked up past their release dates.  It is not simply that the pandemic has put  a  strain  on  harried  government  bof­ fins: an oft­cited report by Standish Group, an  advisory  firm,  found  that  only  13%  of large  government  software  projects  suc­

25

26

United States

ceed.  The  roll­out  of  America’s  online health­care marketplace became a nation­ al joke. Hackers stole the records of more than 20m federal personnel. A pricey intel­ ligence  system  was  so  awful  that  para­ troopers in Afghanistan begged higher­ups to switch. Such foul­ups are the rule. Procurement  is  the  first  problem.  The way government agencies buy things is so complicated that only a few big companies understand  the  process.  Some  firms  con­ tinue  to  get  state  and  federal  contracts even after delivering error­prone systems at fantastic cost. New York chose Xerox to modernise  its  Medicaid­claims  system even  though  the  company  had  already been sued by Alaska and Texas for allegedly botching similar efforts. Poorly  written  contract  solicitations make  things  worse.  Requirements  are  of­ ten so restrictive that many eligible firms are  instantly  disqualified.  Contracts  may contain no provision for testing. Deloitte’s vaccine­management  system  might  have benefited  from  more  testing:  it  doesn’t work  on  some  web  browsers,  and  impor­ tant buttons are hidden on a smartphone. Many agencies lack the expertise to en­ sure  that  complex  software  projects  run smoothly. A government report found that an opaque, drawn­out hiring process was a significant  barrier  to  getting  tech  talent. Agencies  can  be  penny­wise  and  pound­ foolish,  allocating  plenty  of  money  for tech contracts but not enough for the staff required to ensure projects are a success. Bureaucracy doesn’t help. Staffers may want to take advantage of modern technol­ ogy, but fear falling foul of old rules. Dur­ ing  the  pandemic,  unemployment­insur­ ance  and  vaccine­registration  systems were  crushed  under  the  weight  of  traffic that  would  have  been  easily  handled  by cloud­computing  infrastructure.  Little thought goes into user experience. In 2018 the poor design of a software interface led a state employee to press the wrong button, issuing  a  warning  that  a  ballistic  missile was  incoming  to  Hawaii  residents,  who scrambled to text goodbyes to loved ones. Change  is  under  way.  After  the  failed roll­out  of  Healthcare.gov,  the  American government set up 18F, an internal technol­ ogy consultancy that has created sleek new digital  tools,  and  the  us Digital  Service (usds),  which  deploys  tech  whizzes  to multi­year  “tours”  in  government.  Tech­ nology  Transformation  Services,  a  unit dedicated to improving government tech, has created digital.gov, which provides re­ sources to improve tech literacy across the government. usds has pioneered sme-qa, a promising new way to hire software de­ velopers and other experts. Mark Lerner, a civic­tech expert, advo­ cates  modular  contracting—short,  bite­ sized  contracts  that  are  easy  to  replicate. Spreading  tech  know­how  among  con­

The Economist March 20th 2021

tracting officers can stop government from buying  lemons.  “We  need  to  be  building systems”,  says  Amanda  Miklik,  a  former usds director  of  design,  “to  support  con­ tracting officers in being able to sniff out bullshit.” And civic­tech experts agree that government must take user research seri­ ously:  the  goals  of  new  software  must  be well defined before contracts are awarded. A new opportunity arose on March 10th,

when the House passed a $1.9trn stimulus package. The bill includes $1bn for the Technology Modernisation Fund (tmf), a vehicle intended to improve federal tech. The hefty sum, a 40­fold increase over tmf’s 2020 figure, is a signal that Congress and the Biden administration take it mod­ ernisation seriously. But unless the gov­ ernment improves its ways, the money could all too easily be wasted. n

South Dakota’s economy

Lives or livelihoods? Battered by covid-19, the Mount Rushmore state roars ahead

A

fter peaking at nearly 15% last spring, America’s unemployment rate has fallen to 6.2%. But the recovery across the country as a whole, speedier than many economists had expected, has nothing on South Dakota, a state with particularly loose covid­19 restrictions. Unemployment there has tumbled to 3.1%—as low as it was before the pan­ demic. South Dakota’s unemployment rate is the lowest in the country (see map) and a full percentage point lower than that in North Dakota, which im­ posed extra restrictions in November.  South Dakota’s state government has shied away from mask mandates and stay­at­home orders. Bars, restaurants and clubs are open; many geared up for a huge St Patrick’s Day celebration on March 17th. At last month’s Conservative Political Action Conference, a big Repub­ lican bash, Kristi Noem, South Dakota’s governor, took the plaudits for having apparently done the impossible: avoid a biblical death toll from covid­19 while keeping the state open for business. South Dakota made a choice—albeit one which was not open to many other states. It is not true that South Dakota has escaped covid­19. Fewer people have died from the virus than in most states, but few people live there. Adjusted for pop­ ulation, South Dakota ranks eighth among the states for most deaths from the disease, according to data from the Kaiser Family Foundation, a think­tank. The fact that it is not ranked even higher may owe more to the state’s low pop­ ulation density and lack of travel hubs than it does to enlightened covid policy.  Many states hit comparably hard by covid­19, such as New York, have also suffered economically. South Dakota’s economic strength seems genuine. The drop in the unemployment rate has been driven by growth in jobs, not by people falling out of the labour force. In the third quarter of 2020 the total value of wages and salaries in the state was where

Plain to see Unemployment rate, January 2021, % 3

4

5

6

7

8 ME

AK WI WA ID MT ND MN IL OR NV WY SD IA

VT NH MI

IN OH PA

NY MA NJ

CT

RI

CA UT CO NE MO KY WV VA MD DE AZ NM KS AR TN NC SC DC OK LA MS AL GA HI

TX

FL

Source: Bureau of Labour Statistics

you would expect it to be had the pan­ demic never happened. The Economist has constructed an index of economic activity using mobility data from Google. Compared with a pre­pandemic baseline, it was 2% lower last week in South Dako­ ta. Across all America it was 24% lower.  Parts of South Dakota’s economy have suffered. Employment in leisure and hospitality has fallen by over a tenth in the past year, as fewer tourists visit the Badlands and Mount Rushmore. In some respects the state was dealt a good hand. It is more reliant than average on indus­ tries that can run with social distancing, such as manufacturing. And in the past year the federal government has boosted its headcount in South Dakota by 2%. Nonetheless the uncomfortable reality is that South Dakota undermines an assertion that some economists and public­health types are fond of repeat­ ing: that, as far as covid­19 is concerned, there is no trade­off between lives and livelihoods. That trade­off may indeed exist, at least in the case of rural areas where the population seems to have a high appetite for risk. South Dakota’s public­health response to the pandemic has been poor, but at least its economy has not also collapsed. 

The Economist March 20th 2021

United States

The black church

Haunted houses

CHICAGO

A failure to attract the young is behind the decline of the black church

P

astor john smith presides at the Ol­ ivet Baptist church, a towering and handsome structure in Bronzeville, on Chicago’s South Side. He tells a cracking tale of the 170­year history of the city’s ol­ dest black Baptist church. Before the civil war it was part of the Underground Rail­ road, helping to smuggle escaped slaves to safety. In the Great Migration, a century ago, Olivet helped to attract and settle black families from the South who forged new lives in northern cities. The newly arrived routinely made their first stop at Olivet to collect food and clothes, and to learn about finding homes and jobs. The church bloomed as “the place you could go” to meet practical and social needs, not only spiritual ones. In effect it became America’s first megachurch by the late 1920s, with some 15,000 members. Those new arrivals were registered as voters and African­Americans emerged as an influential bloc in city politics. “We have always been engaged in the struggle for the liberation of black people,” says Pas­ tor Smith. His church still promotes a “so­ cial gospel”, seeking a real­world impact. Olivet’s story reflects that of the black church as a whole. In a pbs television se­ ries devoted to the story of the church na­ tionally, broadcast in February, Henry Louis Gates junior, a prominent intellec­ tual, called it “the seminal force in shaping the history of African­Americans”. It did the most to spread literacy among black

The future could look less distinguished

Americans, even during slavery. The  first schools and universities for African­Amer­ icans in the South, which have since grown into the historically black colleges,  were founded inside churches. One of America’s first black congress­ men, Richard Cain, was a minister in South Carolina, elected in 1872. Black conscious­ ness grew in churches during the Jim Crow era, as ministers in Georgia in the 1890s de­ clared God to be black. Many such church­ es were part of the civil­rights movement in the 1950s and 1960s. Raphael Warnock, who was elected in January in Georgia  as the first black Democratic senator from the South, is the latest incarnation of a rever­ end­politician. His victory was aided heav­ ily by church activists, especially women. Yet the power of the church is waning. In the face of Black Lives Matter protests, it has floundered. Pastor Smith concedes he is still unsure how to respond to the street activists. Young African­Americans  infu­ riated by police violence did not wait for a charismatic leader to come from a church, says Shayla Harris, a film­maker. Instead, “they take it on themselves”. At Olivet interest in the church has been falling for years. Today Pastor  Smith counts just 250 people as members, most of them elderly. And though he has taken to live­streaming services and has ginned up Olivet’s website and Facebook pages, he says that his church suffered “because  it lost the young generation”.

This  is  true  across  much  of  the  black church. The pbs series dwelt on a glorious history,  but  touched  only  briefly  on  the church’s  more  recent  troubles.  “The  real question is does the church have a central role now?” says Ms Harris, who co­directed the documentary. She notes how the insti­ tution  is  increasingly  fragmenting,  it  is “not a monolith”, and may better be talked about  as  a  collection  of  many  churches. Too many of these have failed women, who cannot “shatter the stained­glass ceiling”. They still fill pews and raise funds, but it is almost always “men in their 50s” who pre­ side, complains Terri Laws, a scholar of the black church, based in Detroit. A Pew Research Centre survey, publish­ ed  in  February,  found  younger  African­ Americans ever less involved in churches. One in three black millennials (or younger) say  they  are  not  affiliated  to  any  church, and around half of all black youngsters at­ tend one rarely or never; among the oldest, only a quarter skip church. As for young­ sters who still attend one, they are keener than their elders on multiracial congrega­ tions, not exclusively black ones. In time, even the idea of a black church may fade. Lost souls Ryan Burge, at Eastern Illinois University, tracks trends among atheists and the non­ affiliated in “The Nones”, a new book. He says black millennials are following a path that  white  and  other  Americans  already trod,  but  “there  is  more  stigma  for  the black  community  in  moving  away.”  Among young adults of all races, only 11% shunned  church  in  the  early 1980s;  today the rate is nearly three times higher. Walter Fluker, at Emory University in Atlanta, says many black churches “have become haunt­ ed  houses”,  with  leaders  who  are  far  too slow to respond to matters such as police violence or debates on gay rights.  The pandemic, Mr Fluker says, brought a  moment  for  black  churches  to  make themselves  relevant  again.  Conservative church  leaders  badly  failed  to  respond  to the  aids crisis  from  the  1980s  onwards, which  especially  afflicted  African­Ameri­ cans. This time round the church has seen coronavirus  especially  hurt  black  people, who have been infected, hospitalised and killed at unusually high rates.  Some churches have taken again to the idea  of  a  social  gospel.  “Covid  created  a wonderful  opportunity,”  says  Pastor Smith, noting how Olivet tries to ease fear of  vaccines  by  getting  nurses  to  speak  to his  members.  Church  leaders,  such  as  Al Sharpton, have lauded the safety of the vac­ cines in an effort—one that looks broadly successful—to  reduce  vaccine  hesitancy among  African­Americans.  More  such  ef­ forts to improve the lives of their followers would be a reminder that the churches are still a force to be reckoned with. n

27

28

United States

The Economist March 20th 2021

Lexington Joe Biden’s passage to India

America’s serially underperforming relationship with India has never looked more important

A

s an indispensable fan of George W. Bush’s approach to In­ dia, Joe Biden, the then chairman of the Senate Foreign Rela­ tions Committee, said his “dream” was that by “2020 the two clos­ est nations in the world will be India and United States.” For much of the intervening time they have looked more like two English­ speaking nations separated by a strategic partnership. Mr Bush’s approach to India, which involved bringing its nu­ clear industry into the global fold, among other opportunities for co­operation, was based on its future potential to balance China, not its feebler present. Yet he often seemed to confuse the two. “The classic opportunity for our American farmers and entrepre­ neurs and small businesses…is there is a 300m­person market of middle­class citizens here in India!” he marvelled. It is a sentence that, 16 years on, still exaggerates the number of Indian consumers and their government’s willingness to let foreign firms near them. Indian reticence has been a more serious speed­brake. Politi­ cally  fractious  and  preternaturally  suspicious  of  self­interested foreigners, India does not want to be part of anyone’s strategic cal­ culations. It took Mr Bush’s counterpart, Manmohan Singh, a year and a confidence vote to get the nuclear component—a geopoliti­ cal gift­horse—through parliament. The last of four “foundation­ al” defence agreements, precursors to the enhanced military and intelligence ties Mr Bush envisaged, was signed last October. Yet notwithstanding the hobbling effects of these differences, rising concern about China on both sides has driven pretty steady progress. Barack Obama set aside concerns about Narendra Modi’s association with communal bloodshed to work with him on cli­ mate  change,  while  dismantling  barriers  to  military  and  other technology  transfer.  Donald  Trump  set  the  relationship  into  re­ verse  on  trade,  immigration  and  education  ties,  yet  pushed  de­ fence and intelligence ties even harder. India’s increasingly public receptiveness  to  that  approach  was  apparent  after  America  pro­ vided  it  with  intelligence  and  cold­weather  gear  during  clashes between Indian and Chinese border guards last year. America has done less for some of its allies, a status India still recoils from, yet increasingly enjoys the benefits of. The inaugural summit  of  the  Quadrilateral  Security  Dialogue,  a  grouping  of America, Australia, India and Japan, held on March 12th, illustrat­

ed this. It also highlighted the opportunity Mr Biden will have to deepen the relationship, and how he means to try.  Formed in 2004 to manage disaster relief after a tsunami, the “Quad”  was  repurposed  by  Dick  Cheney  as  a  military  club,  then abandoned in 2010 because Australia and India considered it too antagonistic to China. After years of creeping Chinese aggression, that is less of a worry in both countries, hence the Trump adminis­ tration—to its credit—revived the group in 2017. It has since held ministerial  meetings,  and  a  joint  naval  exercise  in  2020,  before last week’s meeting signalled Mr Biden’s bigger plans for it. The  Trump  administration  toyed  with  an  idea  that  the  Quad might develop into an Asian nato, underlining its emphasis upon security co­operation. By contrast, reviving American outreach on trade, immigration, public health, climate change and so forth is Mr Biden’s goal. The fact that the Quad summit concluded with the adoption of the group’s most concrete agenda since the tsunami, a plan to boost vaccine production and supplies for the region, was indicative of that. The idea is for America, Japan and Australia to provide  cash  to  help  India,  which  already  makes  60%  of  the world’s vaccines, amp up production. How much this might bother China, which once criticised the group as mere “sea­froth”, is open to question. Yet it suggests the Biden administration is serious about its stated intention to coun­ ter China through alliances, based on shared values, and that it sees the Quad and India as central to that. The group’s loose, vol­ untary design and adoption of an agenda that downplays China, while  promoting  Indian  capability,  also  looks  well­designed  to bind India in. It caters to the country’s past insecurities and cur­ rent ambitions, a useful combination.  The administration has similar plans for the bilateral relation­ ship. It means to sustain the momentum its predecessor set on se­ curity:  Lloyd  Austin,  the  defence  secretary,  will  visit  Delhi  this week. And it believes the Trump administration’s neglect of other sorts of co­operation provides a chance to make eye­catching pro­ gress. Mr Biden has already scrapped a Trump effort to restrict the number of foreign—including Indian—students. This will not all go smoothly: the broadening of the relation­ ship will uncover as much residual tension as opportunity. India is unlikely to become less protectionist even if America does. The recent defence co­operation is belied by India’s unimpressive ef­ forts to modernise its antiquated forces and attachment to cheap Russian kit. Its scheduled receipt of a Russian air­defence system later this year, for which it will be liable for American sanctions, is already causing headaches. A new report by the Brookings Institu­ tion, a think­tank, suggests such frictions could induce an Amer­ ican rethink: “A chorus of voices in Washington…have begun more vocally expressing anxieties about whether the value and sustain­ ability of us engagement with India has been oversold.”  Sino the times There is little doubt that the relationship has been oversold in the past—including by Mr Biden. Yet his administration’s early work on  it  has  provided  a  context  in  which  the  inevitable  frictions should  be  understood.  In  Tony  Blinken  at  the  State  Department and Jake Sullivan at the National Security Council, as well as Mr Bi­ den himself, the administration already has more experience of dealing with India than any of its predecessors. And it has made elevating us­India relations central to its plans. As China looms ever larger for both countries, the relationship has never looked more important or robust. n

The Americas

The Economist March 20th 2021

Biden and Bolsonaro

At loggerheads over the Amazon

SÃO PAULO AND WASHINGTON, DC

For the first time, us-Brazil ties depend on the rainforest

B

razilian businesses rarely  preach greenery. Yet last July, 20 months after Jair Bolsonaro was elected president, ram­ pant  deforestation  in  the  Amazon  roused 38  ceos  to  speak  up.  Foreign  investment was  falling  and  trade  talks  were  stalled. “This  negative  perception  has  an  enor­ mous potential for harm,” they wrote in a letter to the government, urging Mr Bolso­ naro  to  do  something.  He  ignored  them. The  pace  of  deforestation,  as  reported  in November, was 10% faster in 2020 than in 2019. Yet the president merrily slashed the budget for environmental enforcement for the third year in a row.  Now those Brazilian bosses are placing their hope in another president—one who lacks Mr Bolsonaro’s populist disregard for science. Joe Biden has signalled that both his foreign and domestic policies will aim to arrest climate change. More than 60% of the remaining tree cover in the Amazon is in  Brazil.  Not  only  is  the  rainforest  brim­ ming with irreplaceable biodiversity; it is

also a carbon sink. Burning or chopping it down turns it into a source of carbon emis­ sions instead. American diplomacy under Mr Biden will seek to persuade Mr Bolsona­ ro not to let that happen. This is perhaps the  first  time  that  a  major  bilateral  rela­ tionship has focused on trees.  That presents both risks and opportuni­ ties for Brazil. After Mr Biden said in a de­ bate  in  September  that  Brazil  could  face “economic  consequences”  if  it  doesn’t “stop tearing down the rainforest”, Mr Bol­ sonaro  tweeted,  “our sovereignty is non-negotiable.”  Later,  he  made  what sounded like a threat, saying Brazil would need  “gunpowder”  if  diplomacy  should fail. Tensions have now eased somewhat. Mr  Biden  told  John  Kerry,  his  climate  en­ → Also in this section 30 Drugs and gringo noses 32 Bello: Chile’s new social contract

voy, to make good on a campaign promise to raise, with the help of other countries, $20bn for the Amazon. In February Mr Ker­ ry  had  a  call  with  Ernesto  Araújo,  Brazil’s foreign  minister,  and  Ricardo  Salles,  the environment  minister.  “We  have  to  con­ struct bridges,” says Mr Salles.  In an interview with The Economist Mr Kerry said that he would not be “just dictat­ ing”, but working with Brazil. He admits it won’t  be  easy,  adding  that  he  is  dealing with  “an  administration  that  has  felt  ag­ grieved  in  the  way  that  it  has  been  ap­ proached to date”. In  both  countries,  wonks  are  trying  to pull together a deal that the two presidents can claim as a win. In January a group of former us cabinet officials and climate ne­ gotiators published an “Amazon Protection Plan” in which funding for Amazon coun­ tries would be conditional on reducing de­ forestation.  In  Brazil  ceos  and  scientists calling  themselves  Concertação pela Amazônia (“Agreement  for  the  Amazon”)  are lobbying for a chunk of the aid to go to sus­ tainable development. Until  recently  both  countries  were  ac­ tive  participants  in  climate  negotiations. As  secretary  of  state  in  2016,  Mr  Kerry signed the Paris accord on climate change. Brazil used its stewardship of the Amazon as a way to “punch above its weight”, says Tom Shannon, a former us ambassador to Brazil. Between 2008 and 2019 Norway and

29

30

The Americas

Germany  donated  more  than  $1bn  to  Bra­ zil’s Amazon Fund, which aims to curb de­ forestation  and  support  sustainable development.  But  after  President  Donald Trump  withdrew  from  the  Paris  accord, Brazil, China and other countries appeared to use his environmental insouciance as a pretext to neglect their own commitments.  And when Mr Bolsonaro became presi­ dent in 2019 “a relationship that had been between states and societies became a re­ lationship  between  two  guys,”  says  Mr Shannon, referring to Mr Bolsonaro’s bro­ mance  with  Mr  Trump.  Brazil’s  other relationships soured. After two decades of negotiations, the eu has yet to ratify a trade deal with Mercosur, a bloc of South Ameri­ can nations, mostly because of Mr Bolso­ naro’s policies.  Brazil’s  private  sector,  by  contrast,  has stepped up. After a decade of ignoring the global trend to be greener, Brazilian banks, funds and firms have now started pledging to  reduce  their  carbon  emissions  and  to eliminate deforestation from their supply chains. The price of carbon credits in Bra­ zil’s  nascent  voluntary  market  almost  tri­ pled  in  2020.  Demand  is  increasing  for shares in firms that promise stricter envi­ ronmental,  social  and  corporate­govern­ ance  standards.  Much  of  this  is  “green­ washing”, thinks Fabio Alperowitch of fama Investimentos, a fund that focuses on such shares. But some is not.  Seeing the wood for the trees Mr  Biden  could  help.  The  $20bn  he  has pledged  to  raise  for  the  Amazon  could  be made conditional on Brazil meeting envi­ ronmental goals. So could Brazil’s request to  join  the  oecd,  a  club  of  mostly  rich countries.  In  the  past,  Brazil  has  stymied the creation of a global carbon market by insisting that credits it sells to other coun­ tries  should  also  count  as  its  own  emis­ sions  reductions.  Such  double­counting would  result  in  a  smaller  cut  overall.  A push from the Biden administration to re­ ject  this  double­counting,  if  successful, could boost conservation in the Amazon.  Off the record, however, many ceos ad­ mit to being more anxious than they have let  on.  A  deal  with  the  Biden  administra­ tion  “is  our  only  hope”  of  avoiding  trade barriers and further reputational damage, says one. Both the eu and Britain are con­ sidering  laws  to  punish  companies  that import products tied to deforestation and banks that fund them. The Democrat­con­ trolled us Congress might follow suit if di­ plomacy  fails,  which  could  provoke  Mr Bolsonaro  to  greater  recalcitrance.  A  deal will only work if he can call it a victory. The most effective way to do this would be  to  get  farmers  on  board.  Agriculture generates a fifth of Brazil’s gdp and roughly half  its  exports.  But  whereas  multi­ nationals  such  as  jbs,  the  world’s  largest

The Economist March 20th 2021

meat producer, and Cargill, a food­trader, have  joined  the  Concertação,  Amazonian farmers  are  noticeably  absent.  They  are sick of being blamed for deforestation, and of  unmet  promises  of  cash  for  conserv­ ation.  They  think  environmentalists’  de­ mand for “zero deforestation” is unreason­ able. (Brazil’s forest code permits farmers in the Amazon to clear trees from 20% of their land.) “Whoever wants to help Brazil should start by respecting the law, includ­ ing the right to deforest,” says Caio Penido, a beef lobbyist. The  biggest  challenge  for  a  us­spon­ sored Amazon deal would be enforcement. Norway  and  Germany  froze  their  dona­ tions to the Amazon Fund in 2019 after los­ ing faith in Mr Bolsonaro. He and Mr Biden are likely to disagree about how a new fund should be spent. The Biden administration will expect progress on reducing deforest­ ation.  But  Mr Bolsonaro is reluctant to crack down on illegal logging, mining and cattle­ranching; the people who do these things are often his supporters. Mr  Biden  appears more worried about climate  change than his predecessors were. Mr Kerry is the first climate tsar to sit on the national security council. Even so, should Brazil fail to meet its targets, Mr Bi­ den has few diplomatic sticks with which to whack Mr Bolsonaro. He will be wary of isolating such a big ally as Brazil. Bilateral trade is $100bn a year; military cooperation is  growing.  Sanctions, if imposed, might not  work.  The biggest buyer of Brazilian beef  and  soyabeans, both of which are sometimes  raised on deforested land, is not the United States but China. If  Mr  Bolsonaro proves intransigent, the Biden administration could work with states in the Amazon instead. The govern­ ment  of  Mato  Grosso has tried to reduce tree loss by encouraging farmers to join an environmental registry. It is also experi­ menting with paying farmers to clear less than  20%  of  their land. But bureaucracy and  distrust  among farmers have meant that  the  state  has only processed permits for roughly 8% of its farmland. Creating a sustainable economy for the Amazon will take more than paying farmers not to de­ stroy  the  forest, says Denis Minev of Be­ mol, the region’s largest department store. He  wants  American cash to support re­ search  into  how Brazil can make money from the Amazon’s biodiversity. In  April  Mr Biden will host the Earth Day summit to persuade world leaders to strengthen  their green commitments in the lead­up to the un summit in Novem­ ber. Mr Bolsonaro says he will attend. The Wilson  Centre, an American think­tank with ties to Brazil, has started bringing the wonks from each country together. Mr Ker­ ry is aware of their proposals, says a diplo­ mat. The real test will come once they re­ ach Mr Bolsonaro. n

Politics in Honduras

Over the line

A court case in New York rocks a central American president orlando hernández has  had  a Juan tricky few weeks. A trial in New York of Geovanny  Fuentes,  an  alleged  drug­traf­ ficker,  included  accusations  that  joh,  as the  president  of  Honduras  is  known,  ac­ cepted bribes in exchange for helping co­ caine  reach  the  United  States.  On  March 16th  a  witness  said  he  saw  Mr  Hernández take two bribes in 2013, before he became president. A few days earlier a former car­ tel leader testified that he paid Mr Hernán­ dez $250,000 for protection from arrest. In documents filed by us prosecutors, who do not name Mr Hernández but refer to details which identify the Honduran president, he was quoted as saying he wanted to “shove the drugs up the noses of the gringos”. (Mr Hernández  has  not  been  charged  and  de­ nies all allegations against him.) It is not the first time Mr Hernández has been allegedly linked to narco crimes. In a trial in 2019 that convicted his brother To­ ny Hernández, a former lawmaker, of drug trafficking, he was mentioned and accused of taking at least $1m from Joaquín “El Cha­ po”  Guzmán,  a  notorious  Mexican  drug lord. (His brother is due to be sentenced on March 23rd in the United States; prosecu­ tors  are  seeking  life  imprisonment.)  But these  new  allegations  come  at  a  volatile time.  In  November  voters  will  elect  Mr Hernández’s successor and 128 members of congress.  Debates  about  corruption  and drug money will dominate the campaign, thinks  Lester  Ramírez  of  the  Association for a More Just Society, a non­profit.

ADVERTISEMENT

Delivering tomorrow, today HOW MALAYSIA’S MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT INDUSTRY IS TRANSFORMING ASEAN The deployment of Industry 4.0 technologies and a unique combination of local and international capabilities make Malaysia a world-renowned manufacturing hub

When in 2018, the Government of Malaysia launched its Industry 4.0 policy, the nation’s leaders highlighted the prominent role the country could play in the global manufacturing ecosystem . Three years on, Malaysia’s Industry4WRD policy has made the country a strategic partner for global manufacturers, and a primary hub for high-tech sectors. A key beneficiary of the nation’s Industry 4.0 drive, Malaysia’s machinery and equipment (M&E) sector is progressing rapidly. Increasingly, Malaysian manufacturers are benefitting from cuttingedge technologies such as the industrial internet of things (IIoT), robotics process automation, artificial intelligence, cloud and edge computing, big data analytics, and more. M&E 4.0: THE MALAYSIA ADVANTAGE While some Industry 4.0 technologies have been in use for several years, new developments have given the M&E sector fresh momentum. The proliferation of 5G telecommunications in the coming years will be noteworthy, enabling machines and equipment to make more timely, critical decisions, and allowing businesses to operate plants remotely with practically zero latency. In Malaysia, 5G is expected to be rolled out nationally by 2023.

country is connected to key ports and airports globally.

10.1% growth

NON-EQUITY MODE OF INVESTMENT Malaysian M&E is forecasted For overseas MNCs seeking to to grow by 10.1% per year between partner with a local player, 2018 and 2027 the nation boasts many globally best-in-class contract manufacturers. By outsourcing operations— such as design, assembly and supply chain management—to a skilled third party, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and original design manufacturers (ODMs) are able to reduce costs, access new technologies, prioritise resources, and improve production time. This allows overseas partners to focus on core activities, such as quality assurance, product cost management, research and development, and customer service. By teaming up with Malaysian contract manufacturers (MCMs), MNCs can also determine what is needed locally and actively work on that together. Such partnerships can shorten lead times, reduce production costs, and provide support for trouble shooting and maintenance.

“Industry 4.0 lies in advances in communication and connectivity rather than technology. These technologies have the potential to improve the efficiency of businesses, and to help optimise limited resources via efficient asset management.”

PERFECT PARTNERS Malaysian contract manufacturers not only meet the requirements of overseas OEMs and ODMs, their facilities are high-quality and they manufacture to ISO-certified standards. These manufacturers are well informed about the global M&E industry, and have a deep understanding of local workforces. Moreover, Dato’ Azman Mahmud, frequent and transparent communication with overseas CEO, Malaysian Investment Development Authority (MIDA) clients is maintained, and the highest standards of production practices are continuously upheld. Support from the Government of Malaysia is vital in delivering on the promise of the nation’s M&E sector. As Multinational corporations (MNCs) in this field are widening their the nation’s investment development authority, the Malaysian global reach to capitalise on growing demand for manufactured goods Investment Development Authority (MIDA) is central to realising the , while local players offer niche services to support overseas partners. goals of overseas companies wishing to capitalise on the nation’s Malaysia houses an M&E ecosystem that is enabling both entities to thrive. competitiveness. The wide range of services provided by MIDA includes supplying information about investment opportunities, as well as HUB OF CHOICE supporting companies that are seeking joint venture partners. Malaysia’s M&E industry is among the largest and strongest in South-East Asia, providing customised products to meet burgeoning demand domestically and internationally. Currently, around 120 major companies in Malaysia are capable of producing state-of-the-art machinery and equipment with industry 4.0 technologies. Malaysia’s world-class infrastructure enables M&E manufacturers to import and export with ease. Located at the heart of South-East Asia, the

32

The Americas

The Economist March 20th 2021

Bello After the storm A constitutional convention offers Chile a chance of a new social contract

G

eneral manuel baquedano is—or was—a Chilean national hero, as the military commander who defeated Peru in the war of the Pacific. For almost a century his bronze equestrian statue has towered over a plaza that marks the emotional heart of Santiago, a gathering place for football fans and demonstra­ tors. Yet when Chile was shaken in late 2019 by an explosion of violent vandal­ ism and peaceful mass protests, the statue became a target, the symbol of an established order held by some to have become intolerable. After it was repeat­ edly covered with spray paint and set on fire, in the middle of the night on March 12th troops took it away for restoration.  For conservatives its removal repre­ sented defeat by the mob for the centre­ right government of Sebastián Piñera. Yet the more powerful symbol may be the empty stone plinth the soldiers left behind. Chile is embarking on a poten­ tially constructive process of redefini­ tion, with the election on April 10th and 11th of a convention to write a new con­ stitution. Many hope that this will isolate los violentos, and forge a new social con­ tract that creates a fairer, but still capital­ ist, country. For most of the three decades since the end of the dictatorship of General Augusto Pinochet in 1990, Chile was a success. It combined a rapidly growing market economy with the rule of law. But as it got less poor, discontent grew over narrowing opportunities, segregated health and education systems, and abus­ es by monopolistic businesses. When anger boiled over, politicians found a way to assuage it by offering a plebiscite on setting up the convention. It was held in October. Some 78% voted yes on a turnout of 51%—the highest since voting became voluntary in 2012.

Though much amended, the existing constitution bears the original sin of being Pinochet’s creation. It is often denounced, too, as a “neoliberal” document. Under its auspices, the dictatorship assigned a big role to the market in providing pensions, health care and education. Its biggest defects, however, are that it has en­ trenched vested interests and makes some laws too hard to change. The constitutional exercise brings two opposing risks: of too much change or too little; of leftist populism or a failure by the right to recognise that many Chileans have lost faith in the system. There exist safe­ guards, especially against the first. Every­ thing must be approved by a two­thirds majority of the convention’s 155 members, which obliges negotiation and compro­ mise. It’s “a very institutionalised proc­ ess”, says Isabel Aninat, a law professor and former adviser to Mr Piñera. She thinks the assembly’s committees will base their deliberations on the existing document, Chile’s constitutional history and the charters of some other countries. Partly because of the pandemic, the coun­

try’s mood is calmer than it was 18 months ago. The five parties of the right, united in a single list of candidates, are likely to get over a third of the conven­ tion’s seats, while the divided far left may fare worse than it hoped.  The new charter will involve a bit more state and a bit less market. Whether or not the document is fiscally affordable will depend on the extent and detail of its probable guarantee of “social rights”. Water rights, currently held privately and in perpetuity, are a sensitive issue. Many Chileans would like to see more decen­ tralisation, and some a semi­parlia­ mentary system. Businesses want clear limits to state intervention. Some believe that the two­thirds rule will lead to a minimalist document—which for Latin America, where constitutions tend to be prolix, would be truly revolutionary. But it is also possible that horse­trading might lead to a plethora of clauses.  In a country where politicians and institutions, from the Catholic church to the police, are discredited, the process is almost as important as the product. There are important novelties: the as­ sembly must have broadly equal num­ bers of women and men, 17 seats are reserved for indigenous people and several candidates standing for inde­ pendent lists are likely to be chosen (the parties have opened their lists to inde­ pendents, too).  But there will be distractions. A gen­ eral election is due in November. De­ mands for transparency may impede the closed­door sessions that would ease compromise. In the end, the most impor­ tant test will be whether the convention restores trust in democratic politics and produces a feasible blueprint for change. Get it right, and Chile will once again be a model for the region.

Some of those likely to emerge as presi­ dential  candidates  from  primaries  on March  14th,  for  which  results  are  still pending, look little better. Yani Rosenthal, the likely nominee for the main opposition Liberal Party, recently finished a three­year jail term in the United States for launder­ ing cash for the cartel from which Mr Her­ nández  allegedly  accepted  bribes.  Nasry Asfura, the mayor of the Honduran capital, Tegucigalpa, and the favourite for the rul­ ing National Party, is facing a preliminary hearing for charges of abuse of authority, fraud, embezzlement of public funds, fal­

sification of documents and money­laun­ dering. Meanwhile Libre, a left­wing party, is likely to field Xiomara Castro, the wife of Manuel Zelaya, a former president. He has also  been  accused  of  accepting  bribes  in the trial of Mr Fuentes. (He too denies the charges against him.) According to Hugo Noé Pino, a former finance minister, drug money and corrup­ tion have infiltrated every level of Hondu­ ran  politics.  “It  is  not  just  people  paying others but those linked to drug dealers and organised  crime  participating  in  elec­ tions,” says Mr Ramírez. Last year Mr Her­

nández failed to revive an anti­corruption body after it investigated some lawmakers. He  and  his  allies  have  a  majority  in  con­ gress and he holds sway over the Supreme Court and the election body.  Hondurans  are  getting  fed  up.  The country of 10m can hardly afford bad gov­ ernance  on  top  of  endemic  violence  and poverty, plus the devastation caused by the pandemic  and  two  hurricanes  last  year. Many people have already fled the country, hoping to get to the United States; more are likely to follow. Those who remain deserve a better roster of politicians. n

Asia

The Economist March 20th 2021

The coup in Myanmar

Blood money

YANGO N

Economic pressure is unlikely to force the junta to retreat

K

illing unarmed protesters  does  not seem to daunt Myanmar’s army. Since its commander launched a coup on Febru­ ary 1st, it has killed more than 200 of its fel­ low citizens. Many of the victims were shot in the head by snipers as they demonstrat­ ed against the putsch. Others were shot at random  as  soldiers  rampaged  through neighbourhoods thought to be supportive of  the  protesters.  Residents  are  fleeing Hlaingthaya,  an  industrial  district  of  the country’s main city, Yangon, after the army responded to arson attacks on factories in an especially brutal manner.  The protesters have not given up. This week, despite a complete shutdown of all mobile­internet  services  and  the  declara­ tion of martial law in parts of Yangon and the  country’s  second  city,  Mandalay,  they continued  to  demonstrate.  But  given  the intransigence  of  the  Tatmadaw,  as  the armed forces are known, many are pinning their hopes on a subtler form of resistance, on  display  in  supermarkets  and  corner stores  around  the  country.  Refrigerator

shelves once packed with cans of Myanmar Beer are now emptied of them, because the brew is made by a company that is partly owned by the army. Other products linked to  the  Tatmadaw,  including  a  popular brand of cigarettes and a big mobile­phone network,  are  also  being  shunned.  These boycotts, along with efforts by striking civ­ il servants to disrupt the business of gov­ ernment, aim to force the junta to retreat by cutting off its money supply.  There  are  some  signs  that  the  junta  is short of cash. Days after the coup, the cen­ tral bank attempted to bring home $1bn it → Also in this section 34 A boost for gay marriage in Japan 35 Covid-19 sweeps Papua New Guinea 35 Kashmir’s put-upon pupils 36 Sex crimes in Australia

37 Banyan: India v China in Nepal

holds at the Federal Reserve Bank in New York.  American  authorities  blocked  the transaction. On February 15th the govern­ ment sought to sell 200bn kyats ($142m) of five­year bonds. It received just one bid, for 1.7bn kyats’ worth, at a higher interest rate than normal. The imf puts the government’s reserves of  foreign  currency  at  $6.7bn,  including the $1bn marooned in New York. That buys less than five months of imports. Myanmar purchases  almost  all  its  fuel  and  cooking oil  abroad,  among  other  crucial  staples. Prices  for  these  goods  are  rising,  and  the kyat  is  depreciating.  Foreign  investment, which helped bring in hard currency, has evaporated  amid  the  turmoil.  The  recent arson  attacks,  which  were  aimed  at  Chi­ nese firms, are likely to put off the few in­ vestors who are not deterred by the Tatma­ daw’s conduct. Foreign exchange is not the only poten­ tial  weak  spot.  Even  before  the  coup  and the  associated  economic  upheaval,  the World Bank was projecting a budget deficit of 8.1% of gdp this year. Since then, the civ­ il­disobedience  movement  has  brought the economy to a near­standstill. Myanma Economic  Holdings  Limited  (mehl),  the main  army­controlled  conglomerate  and one  of  the  targets  of  the  boycott  move­ ment, is the country’s second­biggest tax­ payer. A subsidiary, Myawaddy Bank, is the fifth­biggest.  The  growing  budget  deficit will  become  harder  to  finance,  in  turn,  if

33

34

Asia

the failed bond auction is any guide. For  any normal government, these alarming statistics would dictate a change of course. But the junta, alas, is not a nor­ mal government. It knows it will continue to  receive a minimum income in foreign exchange from exports of natural re­ sources,  especially oil and gas, which ac­ count for a bigger share of government rev­ enue  than tax does. The Tatmadaw has long been involved in the illicit extraction and smuggling of gems and timber in re­ mote regions. It is also thought to provide protection to drug gangs that make meth­ amphetamine, in particular, in Myanmar’s lawless  borderlands. It is not even above extorting money from its own members. Soldiers interviewed in 2018 by Gerard McCarthy of the National University of Singapore reported being ordered to spend anywhere between a tenth and a quarter of their salary on shares in mehl. The junta will  presumably redouble such fundrais­ ing efforts if need be. The Tatmadaw is also unlikely to worry too much about mismanaging the econo­ my. Given that it does not mind shooting its own citizens, it will hardly shrink from cutting already threadbare public services. Or  it  may order the central bank to print money, whatever the consequences for in­ flation.  It is already gleefully profiteering from  the dislocation caused by the pro­ tests. An employee at a customs­clearance company told Frontier, a local magazine, that,  owing to the civil­disobedience movement, almost the only container trucks  operating were those owned by mehl.  Those trucks are now charging 80,000 kyat a trip, eight times the typical rate in normal times. Ruthlessness is not a perfect substitute for  competence, however. There is a chance that the chaos enveloping the econ­ omy  becomes so all­encompassing that the  army cannot keep even the parts that matter to it moving. There are some signs that  this possibility worries the junta. It has  convened a committee to work out ways  to  lessen dependence on imported fuel.  It  is becoming increasingly shrill about the continuing closure of the many banks where workers have walked off the job, issuing repeated orders for them to re­ open,  to  little avail. Some 200 employees of the central bank, meanwhile, have been suspended for absenteeism. Whether all this will prompt a change of course from the Tatmadaw is uncertain, but it will certainly do huge damage to the economy. That, in turn, will do far more harm to ordinary Burmese than to the jun­ ta and its cronies. And it will remind them of another reason, in addition to the army’s brutality, why they so dislike military rule: in its previous stints in power, the Tatma­ daw has repeatedly run the economy into the ground. n

The Economist March 20th 2021 Gay marriage in Japan

Inching forward TO KYO

A court endorses gay marriage, but the government remains opposed

O

n valentine’s day in 2019, 13 same­sex couples  filed  lawsuits  in  four  cities across Japan. Their case was simple: they argued that their partnerships were no dif­ ferent from those of heterosexual couples, and that the government’s refusal to recog­ nise  gay  marriage  violated  the  constitu­ tion’s  promise  of  equal  treatment  for  all. This week a district court in Hokkaido, the northernmost  of  Japan’s  main  islands, came down on the side of the three couples who sued there, the first such ruling by a Japanese court. It is, as a sign held by sup­ porters outside the courtroom proclaimed, “a big step forward for marriage equality”.  Yet it is also, for the time being, only a symbolic  one.  The  three­judge  panel  de­ clared  that  preventing  the  couples  from marrying  contradicted  Article  14  of  the constitution,  which  forbids  discrimina­ tion on the basis of race, creed, sex, social status or family origin. Yet it also refused to award damages to the plaintiffs, arguing that public opinion was evolving quickly, and that the government should be given time to legislate on the matter. Neither  the  constitution  nor  any  laws explicitly  ban  same­sex  marriages.  Some local governments issue documents certi­ fying  same­sex  partnerships,  which  can simplify hunts for flats and visits to part­ ners in hospital. But the national govern­ ment does not acknowledge these, depriv­ ing gay couples of certain benefits of mar­

Northern rights

riage. That leaves Japan out of step not only with other rich countries—it is the only g7 member that does not recognise same­sex unions—but  also  with  its  former  colony, Taiwan,  which  in  2019  became  the  first Asian country to legalise gay marriage. The  plaintiffs  say  they  will  appeal against the refusal of compensation. In the meantime,  campaigners  plan  to  use  the lower  court’s  finding  to  bolster  suits  in other cities. More favourable rulings could increase pressure on parliament to act. Most voters would welcome that. A poll in  2018  found  that  nearly  80%  of  people aged between 20 and 59 approved of same­ sex marriage; the share rose to nearly 90% among those in their 20s. Since two wards in Tokyo became the first local authorities to issue same­sex partnership certificates in 2015, 72 more have followed, home to a third of the population. Many business leaders see gay marriage as an economic as well as moral issue. As the American Chamber of Commerce in Ja­ pan noted last year, given the shrinking la­ bour  force,  “Japanese  companies  cannot afford to lose in the global competition for the brightest talent.” Nearly 150 companies belong to a “Business for Marriage Equali­ ty”  campaign,  among  them  blue­chip firms such as Fujitsu and Panasonic. But the ruling Liberal Democratic Party (ldp) remains opposed to gay marriage. Its old­fashioned  views  on  matters  of  sexual equality extend to married couples, whom it continues to bar from retaining separate surnames.  Just  9%  of  ldp candidates  for the  upper  house  of  parliament  in  2019 backed gay marriage. Last month the prime minister,  Suga  Yoshihide,  defended  the government  for  supporting  “the  founda­ tions  of  the  family  in this country”.  But banning people from forming families is a peculiar form of support. n

The Economist March 20th 2021 Covid-19 in Papua New Guinea

Mourning sickness WE LLINGTON

An outbreak of unknown proportions alarms neighbouring countries

A

ll across Papua New Guinea, people have  been  gathering  by  their  thou­ sands at haus krai events (wakes, in the lo­ cal  pidgin)  for  Sir  Michael  Somare,  their first prime minister. In a country divided by rugged topography, around 800 distinct languages and a weak state, he was a unify­ ing figure. But even as grief has swept the nation in the three weeks since his death, so  has  covid­19.  In  fact,  the  commemora­ tions may be contributing to the outbreak. Official statistics suggest that the pan­ demic has inflicted no more harm on the 9m people of Papua New Guinea than it has on  the  5m  people  of  New  Zealand,  with barely 2,000 recorded cases and a few doz­ en  deaths.  But  more  than  half  of  those cases have come in the past month. More­ over, png, as the country is known, has one of  the  lowest  testing  rates  in  the  world. Health  authorities  in  the  Australian  state of  Queensland,  who  recently  processed 500 swabs from png, found that half were positive—an  alarmingly  high  proportion. The  prime  minister,  James  Marape,  says the surge in cases is “staggering” and that a quarter of the population may be infected. The centre of the outbreak is the capital, Port Moresby, but cases have been reported in  19  of  png’s  22  provinces.  The  disease may have spread from the Indonesian part of the island of New Guinea, which has re­ cently suffered a surge in cases of its own. Two provinces near the Indonesian border, Western  and  West  Sepik,  have  the  most known  infections  after  Port  Moresby.  But covid­19 is being reported in even the most remote  and  inaccessible  regions,  includ­ ing in the jagged highlands and at the op­ posite end of the country from Indonesia, on the islands of New Britain, New Ireland and Bougainville.   png is poorly equipped to deal with the outbreak. The median age is only 22, which helps  a  lot.  But  many  locals  suffer  from other  illnesses  that  increase  their  covid risk,  such  as  diabetes  and  tuberculosis. The  country  has  only  500  doctors,  fewer than 4,000 nurses and no more than 5,000 hospital beds. At least 60 staff at the biggest hospital, Port Moresby General, have test­ ed positive.  The outbreak is causing alarm not just within png, but in neighbouring Australia. The  Torres  Strait  islands  of  northern Queensland  are  separated  from  New  Gui­ nea by a channel of just 4km. An emergen­ cy was declared last week at a hospital in

Asia

the city of Cairns in northern Queensland, in part owing to a spate of infections de­ tected among Australian workers return­ ing from a mine in png. Australia, at least, has the resources to curb infections. It plans to start a vaccina­ tion drive in the Torres Strait islands next week. It is also sending doctors and donat­ ing vaccines to png. But png has another porous maritime border to the east, with the Solomon Islands. That country’s 650,000 people have made it through the pandemic with just a few imported cases and no local transmission. But they are probably even less equipped than png to deal with an outbreak. n Children in Kashmir

A two-year break D E LHI

India’s government puts nationalism before education

L

ike parents across  the  world  in  the time of covid­19, it was with a mixture of relief  and  worry  that  Afroza  Zahoor  sent her  children  back  to  school  earlier  this month. Yet for all that Zehab (age 14) and Zaiban  (ten)  resembled  students  every­ where,  clambering  aboard  the  school  bus with  masked  faces  and  hand­sanitiser tucked  in  pockets,  their  circumstances were very different.  In  the  Kashmir  Valley,  a  green  upland whose 7m people have borne the brunt of a decades­long  struggle  between  India, which  administers  the  region,  and  Pakis­ tan,  which  claims  it,  schools  have  been closed  not  just  for  the  12  months  of  the

Education has wilted

pandemic,  but  for  all  but  a  handful  of days—Ms  Zahoor  counts  them  off  on  her fingers—over the past two school years. On August  5th  2019  India’s  national  govern­ ment  abruptly  ended  Kashmir’s  semi­au­ tonomous status, demoting it from a state to a territory and taking direct control of its government. In anticipation of protests, all schools  and  universities  were  sealed.  In­ ternet service was severed. Curfews, power cuts, a curb on the size of gatherings and security  sweeps,  including  searches  and roadblocks,  disrupted  home­schooling, too.  Then,  just  as  those  strictures  started relaxing last February, covid­19 struck and schools shut again.  Across  the  rest  of  India,  teachers switched to delivering lessons over the in­ ternet. Kashmir’s mobile­phone networks, through  which  most  residents  access  the internet, did sputter back to life. For secu­ rity reasons, however, they were limited to slow,  2g service.  Some  schools  found work­arounds,  such  as  delivering  school­ work on flash drives. Yet not only school­ children,  but  college  students  sent  home to Kashmir from other parts of India, strug­ gled and often failed to keep up. “Here, on­ line learning is no learning actually,” says Mushtaq Wani of Srinagar, the main city in the  valley.  “Usually,  the  lessons  strain through the phone in the form of a broken, unconnected jumble of words.”  The  590­day  closure,  says  Mrs  Zahoor, has made this period worse for education than even the 1990s, when a long­running conflict between Indian forces and insur­ gents backed by Pakistan left tens of thou­ sands  dead.  Other  parents  and  teachers agree. So do numbers from a national sur­ vey released by the government in January, assessing the quality of learning in public schools. It ranked Kashmir at the bottom, worse than any other region.

35

36

Asia

Poor  results  are  not  the  only  problem. Child  psychiatrists  say  many  pupils  are struggling to cope with attending school at all, having lost social skills and the ability to concentrate. Parents, too, have suffered. The past two years have seen a surge in re­ quests  for  help  with  aggressive  children. “It  was  a  dribble  and  now  it  is  a  stream,” says  Nasir  Geelani,  a  psychologist  who conducted a small survey of locals in Srina­ gar last year. Some 62% expressed anxiety about  their  circumstances  and  72%  said they felt a lack of purpose in life. Schools themselves have suffered from the back­to­back lockdowns, which put an estimated 500,000 people out of work. One in five of the valley’s 13,500 schools are pri­ vate,  and  a  local  association  that  repre­ sents them says 30 have already gone out of business,  with  more  expected  to  follow. One  school­owner  says  revenue  dropped by 88% in 2020.  Yet enrolment in public schools is not rising as a result of the problems at private ones. Instead, the number of pupils fell by 175,000 last year, a precipitous decline for a system that serves some 2m children. (On­ ly 19,000 dropped out in 2018.) Shiasta Ni­ sar says she had to pull her two sons out of a  government  school  after  her  husband’s work  as  a  long­distance  driver  dried up, and  they  could  no  longer  afford  even its minimal  fees.  Her  family  was  lucky. She found  work  as  a  cleaner,  making $41 a month, and an uncle eventually agreed to cover  the  boys’  schooling.  Anecdotal ac­ counts suggest many other dropouts have been forced into menial labour. Even  for  the  better­off,  dreams have been  crushed.  An  estimated  2,000  Kash­ miris  travel  abroad  to  study  every  year, a figure that fell to zero in 2020. Maryam Mir completed school in 2019, hoping to apply for a scholarship at a European university. She  missed  the  deadlines  because  of the internet  blockade.  After  having  to fly to Delhi  simply  to  communicate  with pro­ spective universities, she has had to settle for an online course. She is relatively lucky. Hundreds of Kashmiris planning to study medicine  in  Bangladesh  have  had  to give up,  because  its  rules  require  students to take up their places in the year they are ad­ mitted,  with  no  allowance  for  army­im­ posed  curfews,  communications  black­ outs or pandemics. Despite  the  belated  reopening of schools, there is little hope for a return to normal.  This  is  not  just  because  the na­ tional vaccination drive appears to be pro­ ceeding more slowly than a second wave of covid­19.  The  interests  of  Kashmiris con­ tinue  to  be  subordinated  to  the  govern­ ment’s  nationalist  grandstanding. It re­ cently  decreed,  for  instance,  that  schools must put up noticeboards decorated in the colours  of  the  national  flag—an  obvious priority after two years of lost teaching. n

The Economist March 20th 2021

Sexual abuse in Australian politics

Chambers of secrets

SYD NEY

Allegations of rape and misogyny in parliament are stirring outrage

I

t started when a  former  government employee, Brittany Higgins, said she had been  raped  in  Australia’s  parliament.  She alleges that in 2019 a colleague brought her back to a minister’s office after a night out drinking. She passed out, she says, and re­ gained consciousness to find that “all of a sudden he was on top of me”. Ms Higgins has quit her job and complained to the po­ lice.  After  she  came  forward  last  month, three other women said they had been sex­ ually assaulted by the same man. Things  got  worse  when  an  allegation was levelled at the attorney­general, Chris­ tian Porter. He is accused of raping a wom­ an in 1988, when both of them were teenag­ ers. She contacted the police last year, but took her own life before giving formal tes­ timony, so the case was closed.  Mr  Porter  strenuously  denies  the  alle­ gations. He is suing the Australian Broad­ casting  Corporation  for  defamation.  It broke  the  story  but  did  not  name  him;  it was  he  who  identified  himself  as  the  ac­ cused minister. The prime minister, Scott Morrison,  is  standing  by  his  lawyer­in­ chief, saying that if there is no evidence of a  crime,  then  he  should  not  face  further questioning in parliament.  The allegations have triggered outrage. On  March  15th  thousands  of  protesters congregated  in  cities  across  the  country, demanding  an  end  to  sexual  violence.  In Sydney, where police tried to cap the rally at  1,500  people,  more  than  six  times  as

many  thronged  the  city  centre,  chanting, “Enough is enough”. Among the crowd in Perth was the attorney­general’s ex­wife.  “Parliament  is  still  very  much  a  boys’ club,”  says  Sarah  Hanson­Young,  a  Green senator. Less than a third of mps are wom­ en, putting Australia 50th in a global rank­ ing  of  female  representation.  It  ranked much more highly 20 years ago. The Liberal party, the bigger partner in the ruling coalition, is particularly laddish. Since  the  1990s  Labor,  the  main  opposi­ tion,  has  used  quotas  to  guarantee  that women  are  selected  to  contest  winnable seats. The Liberals have declined to follow suit,  saying  that  every  candidate  must compete  on  his  or  her  own  merits.  Less than a quarter of its mps are women, com­ pared  with  almost  half  of  Labor’s.  In  2011 Australia’s only female prime minister, Ju­ lia  Gillard,  accused  the  Liberals’  leader  at the time, Tony Abbott, of misogyny after he gave  a  speech  in  front  of  banners  calling her  a  “bitch”  and  a  “witch”.  (He  says  he hadn’t noticed the signs.)  Fresh  allegations  are  pouring  forth  on all  sides.  A  Liberal  senator  received  an email  accusing  a  Labor  mp of  rape;  it  has been forwarded to the police. In a Facebook group, female Labor staffers are document­ ing cases of men aggressively proposition­ ing or physically intimidating them. A Lib­ eral mp, Nicolle Flint, told parliament that she  had  been  harassed  by  Labor  support­ ers. In the run­up to the previous election

The Economist March 20th 2021

Asia

Banyan Himalayan upheaval China and India take opposite approaches to a crisis in Nepal

D

irt-poor, landlocked and squeezed between two overweening neigh­ bours, Nepal needs political stability more than most countries. Yet only turmoil has reigned since the prime minister, Khadga Prasad Sharma Oli, dissolved Parliament in December. Mr Oli took that step amid feuding with his arch­rival in the ruling Nepal Communist Party (ncp), Pushpa Kamal Dahal, a former guerrilla known as Pra­ chanda (“the fierce one”). The party was formed in 2018 through a merger of Mr Oli’s Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist­Leninist) and Prachanda’s Com­ munist Party of Nepal (Maoist Centre). Prachanda seems to have expected a stint in charge. Yet Mr Oli enjoyed being prime minister too much to hand over to him, so Prachanda’s partisans joined calls for a no­confidence motion that Mr Oli was likely to lose. The dissolution aimed to avert that. In February, however, the Supreme Court ruled the move unconstitutional and ordered that parliament was to be re­ instated—leaving Mr Oli’s position shak­ ier still. Then, in early March, in a ruling guaranteed to shatter any remaining comity within the ncp, it declared the party’s name invalid. (The judges said it had already been registered by yet anoth­ er left­wing party.) The ncp has in effect split back in two. The differences are not ideological. Prachanda long ago abandoned Maoist revolution, signing up to representative government following the abolition of the monarchy in 2008. He backed a new constitution in 2015 that promised to devolve power to the provinces. Mr Oli was once inspired by leftist revolu­ tionaries in India and spent 14 years in jail for his part in the murders of land­ lords. Today he embodies the conserva­

tism of the big landowners and the elites of Kathmandu, the upland capital. He has withheld much of the constitution’s promised devolution, especially from the lowland Terai region. He espouses a kind of Hindu nationalism, declaring that the god Rama was born in Nepal rather than in the city of Ayodhya in India, as most Indi­ an Hindus believe. Mr Oli’s friendship with China is an expedient response to past meddling by India’s government, rather than an expression of solidarity with the Chinese Communist Party. What happens next is hard to say. Mr Oli hopes for the support of the second­ biggest opposition party, Janata Samajbadi Party Nepal. It may co­operate, but only if it secures the release of one of its mps, who is serving a sentence for his part in the deaths of seven policemen during violent protests in Terai in 2015. As for Prachanda, he hopes to persuade several Unified Marxist­Leninist mps to cross to his camp; but in a Monty Pythonesque twist they insist his party drop its Maoist tag. The biggest opposition party, Nepali Congress, is biding its time. Its veteran

leader, Sher Bahadur Deuba, might ally with either Mr Oli or Mr Dahal—provided he becomes prime minister. The uncertainty unsettles Nepal’s giant neighbours. Yet India, for once, is not interfering, says Amish Raj Mulmi, author of “All Roads Lead North”, a histo­ ry of Nepal’s relations with India and China. As the historical hegemon and Nepal’s biggest trade partner, India has a habit of meddling. In 2015 its prime minister, Narendra Modi, backed the people of the Terai in their complaints that the new constitution gave them less representation than they had been prom­ ised. He cut off Nepal’s supply of fuel, nearly all of which comes from India. The brusque move pushed Nepal further into China’s arms. India has learned its lesson: it recently sent its army chief on a conciliatory trip to Kathmandu.  Under President Xi Jinping, mean­ while, China has become meddler­in­ chief. Its promises of big investments in electricity, roads, telecoms and a railway make Nepalis worry about a growing dependency. China has pressed Nepal to rein in the Tibetan exiles living there, while Chinese undercover agents have organised the deportation of dozens of Chinese nationals. China’s selfless Com­ munist Party has even trained Nepali cadres in Xi Jinping Thought.  Above all, senior Chinese officials have thrust themselves between the ruling party’s warring factions. Some Nepalese denounce that as an uncon­ scionable intervention—and a mockery of China’s much­ballyhooed tenet of non­interference. To Mr Mulmi, howev­ er, it reflects clumsiness: China has “put all its eggs” in the basket of the ncp and is now scrambling to stop them being scrambled. By contrast, by doing little, India is handling the crisis more deftly.

graffiti with the words “skank” and “prosti­ tute” were scrawled on the wall of her cam­ paign’s  offices.  Meanwhile  Julie  Bishop, the  Liberals’  former  deputy  leader,  says that  a  group  of  colleagues  calling  them­ selves  “the  big  swinging  dicks”  tried  to thwart her career.  One reason that Canberra, the capital, is so  lecherous,  everyone  seems  to  agree,  is that  it  is  a  boozy  bubble:  few  politicians live there with their families. Even by Aus­ sie standards its drinking culture is noto­ rious.  Abusers  have  grown  bold  because they have rarely been taken to task. More­

over, “Australia views itself as a nation of larrikins”, or happy­go­lucky scamps, sug­ gests Emma Dawson, a former Labor advis­ er.  Those  who  complain  about  mistreat­ ment  are  told  it  is  part  of  the  rough­and­ tumble of politics. “You have to decide ev­ ery  day  whether  to  call  it  out,  or  shut  up and  put  up  with  it,”  says  Ms  Hanson­ Young.  She  sued  a  senator  from  a  minor party for libel after he told her during a de­ bate to “stop shagging men”. But women have become more willing to  denounce  abuses.  “These  men  need  to know that we will no longer keep their se­

crets,” warns the Labor group. Few are hap­ py with the government’s handling of the recent  allegations.  Ms  Higgins  says  she was made to feel like a “political problem” when she told the minister she worked for, Linda Reynolds, that she had been assault­ ed.  Ms  Reynolds  has  had  to  apologise  for calling  her  a  “lying  cow”.  The  case  has sparked  an  independent  inquiry  into  the parliamentary  culture.  But  Mr  Morrison declined to come meet the protesters who had gathered outside parliament on March 15th.  The  organisers,  he  suggested,  could come to him. n

37

38

China

The Economist March 20th 2021

Disability

The unseen

SHE NZHE N

Long ostracised, disabled people are demanding more help

F

ew people relish a visit to the dentist. For those who are autistic, it can involve unusual  torment—some  people  with  the condition  have  extremely  sensitive mouths.  Most  of  China’s  autistic  people avoid  going.  But  bad  teeth  can  also  make them miserable. So last year the Shenzhen Autism  Society,  an  ngo in  the  southern Chinese city, launched an attempt to make dental treatment less scary for some.  The  programme  has  helped  about  45 autistic people aged between four and 40 to  conquer  their  fears.  Participants  have been encouraged to engage in pleasurable distractions  while  waiting,  and  to  spend time  getting  comfortable  in  the  dentist’s chair  before  procedures  begin.  With younger  ones,  their  parents’  mouths  are sometimes  examined  first.  One  nervous father summoned up the courage to under­ go  a  treatment  that  his  son  needed,  too. Watching this encouraged the autistic boy to allow the same to be done to him.

In China, such grassroots efforts to im­ prove the lives of the disabled are rare. But ngos—though  severely  restricted  by  the government  in  many  other  spheres—are being allowed to do more in this one. Their involvement is badly needed. The govern­ ment is also doing more to help. Yet it does not  recognise  as  disabled  many  of  those who would be officially regarded as such in rich countries. In 2011, when China’s most recent available census data were publish­ ed,  over  85m  people—about  one  in  16— were classified as disabled (including 21m who were deaf and 13m blind.) That com­ pares with one in five in Britain and one in eight in America. Unlike in the West, Chi­ na’s definition of disabled does not cover those  with  chronic  illnesses.  It  also  ex­ cludes many people who have use of their limbs, but struggle with routine tasks.  Of  those  who  meet  the  census  defini­ tion  of  disabled,  far  fewer  than  half  have the government certificates that are need­

ed to obtain disability support such as re­ duced  medical  fees  and  tax  breaks.  And even among people with the required doc­ umentation,  only 12m  (around  one­third) last  year  received  the  living  allowance  to which  the  disabled  with  low  incomes  are entitled. That is striking given that many of the  85m  people  counted  as  disabled  are poor. Three in four live in rural areas.  Under  Mao,  people  tried  to  treat  men­ tally  disabled  people  by  reading  to  them from  the  chairman’s  works.  Later,  when the  government  decreed  that  couples could have only one child, parents of a dis­ abled child were allowed a second baby— implying that a disabled life had less value. (The  two­child  policy  introduced  in  2015 also makes such an exception.)  But  among  officials  and  the  public, prejudice is fading. In 1988 the government set up the China Disabled People’s Federa­ tion (cdpf), a charity. It boasted star power: until  2008  its  head  was  Deng  Pufang,  the paraplegic  son  of  Deng  Xiaoping,  the  late Chinese  leader  and  initiator  of  the  one­ child  policy.  The  younger  Mr  Deng  broke his back during the Cultural Revolution af­ ter he fell from a window while being tor­ mented by Red Guards. Working alongside him at the cdpf were others injured during those years of mob violence.  The  federation  encouraged  the  adop­ tion in 1990 of China’s first law on protect­

The Economist March 20th 2021

ing  disabled  people.  The  bill  said  they should enjoy “equal and full participation in  society  and  their  share  of  its  material and  cultural  wealth”.  The  cdpf also  cam­ paigned  successfully  against  the  then­ common use by officials of the word canfei to mean disabled (its two characters mean “disabled” and “useless”). It promoted the less  pejorative  term,  canji (ji denotes  a medical condition).  Improvements are evident. In 2008 less than two­thirds of disabled children aged six  to  14  were  being  educated.  Last  year 95% were. In 2012 a quarter of working­age Chinese certified as disabled had jobs. By 2018 this rate had doubled. In 2008, just be­ fore hosting the Paralympic games, China ratified the un Convention on the Rights of Persons  with  Disabilities.  Japan  did  so  in 2014 and America still has not.  In  education,  two  particular  develop­ ments have been celebrated by campaign­ ers  for  disability  rights.  The  first  was  the adoption  in  2015  of  a  regulation  allowing disabled  students  to  take  the  gaokao,  or university­entrance  exam,  with  “reasona­ ble” adjustments including test papers in Braille and extra time to finish. Two years later this dispensation was also applied to those taking the zhongkao, the exam for se­ nior  secondary­schools.  In  2018  the  par­ ents  of  a  pupil  with  cerebral  palsy  won  a case against the education bureau of Xia­ men,  the  coastal  city  where  he  lives.  The court  ruled  that  the  bureau  had  been wrong to deny some of his requests for spe­ cial dispensations in the zhongkao. The  second  development  was  a  deci­ sion  in  2017  to  encourage  mainstream schools  to  accept  disabled  students.  This ended a long­standing policy of segregat­ ing them. But the impact of these measures has been limited. Of 9m people admitted to mainstream  universities  in  2019,  just 12,000 were disabled, or one in 750. By con­ trast,  one  in  five  students  in  America  re­ port having a disability.  Universities  can  still  exclude  candi­ dates  for  many  subjects  for  medical  rea­ sons.  For  instance,  the  visually  impaired may not study agronomy, law or medicine. A partially deaf student cannot study jour­ nalism  or  diplomacy.  Schools  for  the  dis­ abled take some autistic children. But half are not in school at all. Parents of non­dis­ abled  children  often  object  to  desegrega­ tion. In 2018 a kindergarten in Guangzhou, near Shenzhen, was reportedly pressed by officials  to  expel  an  autistic  child  follow­ ing allegations, disputed by teachers, that he  had  hit  other  children.  Soon  after,  the mother killed herself and her son.  In  employment,  huge  barriers  also  re­ main. Firms with more than 30 staff are re­ quired  to  give  at  least 1.5%  of  their  posi­ tions to the disabled. But they worry that hiring them could harm their image. A sur­ vey in 2011 by the cdpf revealed that more

China

than 90% of companies preferred to pay a fine.  After  bigger  fines  were  imposed  on more profitable firms in 2015, some com­ panies  began  adding  disabled  people  to their  payrolls—paying  basic  wages  and making  social­security  contributions  but giving them no work. This illegal practice has  been  facilitated  by  agencies  that  de­ mand high fees from disabled clients who get the sinecures. The public sector sets a poor example. In  2011  Yirenping,  an  advocacy  group  in Beijing, found that only 0.4% of civil­ser­ vice jobs went to disabled people. (In Bri­ tain’s  civil  service,  about  10%  call  them­ selves disabled.) As in education, they are often barred by medical requirements. But in  2017  a  woman  with  monocular  vision sued  an  education  bureau  in  Zhejiang province  for  refusing  her  a  teaching  li­ cence  because  of  her  disability.  She  won the case last year, on her third attempt. In 2018 hearing­impaired teachers in Sichuan complained  about  being  barred  from teaching at a school for the deaf (they had failed  an  oral  exam).  Soon  after  the  prov­ ince began experimenting with the use of sign language in tests. In a few disputes, lo­ cal  branches  of  the  cdpf have  begun  to help negotiate on behalf of plaintiffs. Broader horizons Blind people in China are still often shunt­ ed into jobs as masseurs or piano tuners. Recently, however, the cdpf has been en­ couraging  them  to  try  other  work.  It  has publicised the case of Ma Yinqing, a visual­ ly­impaired 26­year­old in Shanghai, who has  set  up  a  business  that  employs  blind people to record audio books. This year she plans  to  start  a  podcast  in  which  blind guests  chat  to  her  about  their  lives.  The federation has also drawn attention to Sun Chenlu,  a  paralysed  beauty  vlogger  who live­streams from her wheelchair (her ac­ count  has  26,000  followers). Opportuni­

A rare sight in China

ties for the mentally disabled, though, are very  rare.  Cao  Jun  set  up  a  car­washing business  in  Shenzhen  in  2015  to  employ such people, his son among them. His idea has  been  replicated  in  two  dozen  cities with the support of ngos or local offices of the cdpf. “My aim is to get rid of the dona­ tion box,” says Mr Cao. He returns all tips. Cities have been trying to make public spaces  more  accessible  to  the  disabled. Beijing  did  so  with  great  fanfare  in  2008, the  year  of  the  Paralympics,  spending 600m yuan ($88m at the time) on the pro­ ject. But Li Dihua, an academic in Beijing, takes  students  on  field  trips  around  the capital in wheelchairs to help them under­ stand why they see so few disabled people on the streets. He shows them tactile paths for  the  blind  that  are  broken  by  manhole covers  or  blocked  by  trees,  bus  stops  or roadside magazine stalls. Han Qing, a dis­ abled­rights campaigner in the central city of Zhengzhou, says sticking to paths would “almost certainly cause you to fall”. In 2019 a  disabled  activist  died  while  inspecting barrier­free  facilities  in  Dali,  a  southern city, after his wheelchair fell into an under­ ground  car  park.  Chen  Xiaoping,  another campaigner,  died  in  January  while manoeuvring her wheelchair by a pedestri­ an crossing in Shenzhen.  Only  in  the  past  decade  have  some  ci­ ties begun allowing the blind to take guide dogs onto metros (Shanghai did so in 2014, see picture). But only about 200 blind peo­ ple  have  them—training  dogs  is  costly. This month Chinese media have reported on a woman in Shanghai who was harassed by neighbours for letting her guide dog uri­ nate  in  her  residential  compound.  One threatened to poison the animal.  Such  incidents  prompt  more  public hand­wringing than in the past, and some officials  take  note.  Shenzhen  wants  to show it can be a model. In 2019 it became the first city to set a target date for becom­ ing  barrier­free:  2035.  It  offers  China’s most generous handouts for disabled chil­ dren—up  to  50,000  yuan  ($7,700)  a  year until they reach 18. Most cities stop paying when  a  child  is  seven.  But  Shenzhen  still denies local household­registration, or hukou, to disabled migrants. Without it they cannot enjoy subsidised public services, or receive all of their disability benefits.  Still, Shenzhen’s officials are becoming more open to advice. And disabled people there  are  becoming  more  assertive,  says Xin Junhui, the head of a lawyers’ group in the  city  that  offers  free  services  to  them. More  are  using  city  hotlines  to  complain about  inadequate  facilities  for  the  dis­ abled, often with success. And despite the crushing of many ngos under Xi Jinping, China’s leader, those helping the disabled are growing in strength, says Amica Ho of the  University  of Hong Kong.  They  have their work cut out. n

39

40

Middle East & Africa

The Economist March 20th 2021

Israel’s election

Another tight one JE RUSALE M

Binyamin Netanyahu hopes to win another term as prime minister. But several former allies threaten to knock him off his perch

A

fter five years  serving  as  an  Israeli commando,  Binyamin  Netanyahu travelled to America in 1972 to study at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He signed up for a course in statistics. The first lecture was on pandemics. “I remembered that at the beginning [cases] go up slowly, slowly,” he now tells audiences at his cam­ paign  rallies,  sometimes  using  a  white­ board.  “And  suddenly  it  shoots  up  like  a wall! And I knew that when it shoots up, ev­ eryone will want [vaccines].”  Mr  Netanyahu,  Israel’s  prime  minister (pictured on billboard, left), then recounts how  he  argued  with  bureaucrats  and  in­ sisted they buy large quantities of covid­19 vaccine  early  in  the  pandemic,  no  matter the cost. That strategy has paid off: Israel’s vaccination rate is the highest in the world. The country is lifting lockdown measures. Mr Netanyahu hopes it will also pay off for his  party,  Likud,  when  Israelis  go  to  the polls on March 23rd, for the fourth time in two  years.  But  he  faces  stiff  competition from former allies. 

Around 90% of adults in Israel have ei­ ther received their jabs or recovered from covid­19.  At  the  start  of  the  vaccination drive, in December, Mr Netanyahu told Li­ kud members that Israelis “will in the end vote according to action taken, on results, on  achievement.  At  the  moment  of  truth they know who brought them the vaccines, and who is getting them out of the crisis.” So  far,  though,  voters  don’t  seem  to care. Polls show Likud winning around 29 seats  in  the 120­member  Knesset  (Israel’s parliament), about the same as in Decem­ ber (see chart on next page). Most Israelis still want to see the back of Mr Netanyahu, who has been in charge since 2009. Some of this has to do with his earlier handling of → Also in this section 41 Tanzania’s president dies 42 Cabo Delgado, cape of despair 42 Hope for African industry

the pandemic: last year he all but declared victory  over  the  virus,  only  to  see  Israel’s infection rate shoot up. But it is mostly be­ cause  of  his  image  as  a  divisive  and  dis­ honest  leader.  He  has  been  charged  with bribery,  fraud  and  breach  of  trust  stem­ ming from three corruption cases. Likud is still set to be the largest party in the Knesset, as it is now. But it takes a coali­ tion  to  form  a  majority  government;  no party  has  ever  governed  alone.  The  polls suggest Likud and its nationalist and ultra­ religious allies will come up short. Mr Ne­ tanyahu  overcame  this  problem  after  the last election, a year ago, by striking a deal with  the  opposition  Blue  and  White  alli­ ance.  Its  leader,  Benny  Gantz,  agreed  to govern with Mr Netanyahu in order to fight covid­19.  A  former  general,  Mr  Gantz  was meant  to  replace  Mr  Netanyahu  as  prime minister  in  November,  but  their  partner­ ship broke down after just six months.  Today the opposition looks quite differ­ ent.  Mr  Gantz,  who  had  vowed  never  to serve  with  Mr  Netanyahu,  has  been  dis­ credited. Instead, the prime minister faces a challenge from a secular centrist and sev­ eral former protégés on the right. The centrist is Yair Lapid, a former tele­ vision  talk­show  host,  who  founded  the Yesh Atid party in 2012. He served as Mr Ne­ tanyahu’s  finance  minister  from  2013  to 2014, during which time his grasp of eco­ nomics proved less than stellar. But he has since gained stature, not least by sticking

The Economist March 20th 2021

Middle East & Africa

to his guns and breaking with Blue and White, rather than serving again with Mr Netanyahu. He appeals to those who think the prime minister panders to ultra­Ortho­ dox voters. The polls currently show Yesh Atid coming second to Likud. The question may be whether Mr Lapid can convince Mr Netanyahu’s more right­wing rivals to serve under him. One of them is Gideon Sa’ar, who was a prominent figure in Likud before splitting from the party in December. He then formed New Hope, a party that looks quite similar. The big difference, of course, is that it doesn’t include Mr Netanyahu, whom Mr Sa’ar accuses of “running the country for his own personal interest”. Mr Sa’ar, a lawyer, served as the prime minis­ ter’s cabinet secretary, chief whip, educa­ tion minister and interior minister. But his popularity within Likud roused Mr Neta­ nyahu’s suspicion and he was denied fur­ ther promotion. Some see him as rather dull. After an initial surge, New Hope has been falling in the polls. The kingmaker could be Naftali Ben­ nett, a former software tycoon who en­ tered politics in 2006 as Mr Netanyahu’s chief of staff. He eventually fell out with the prime minister and in 2012 became leader of Jewish Home, a party that op­ posed Palestinian statehood and called for annexing swathes of the West Bank. Still, he held a number of ministerial posts un­ der Mr Netanyahu and now leads Yamina, an alliance of right­wing parties that is running third in the polls. He wants to low­ er taxes and trim regulation in order to boost the economy. He has also called for Mr Netanyahu’s departure—but refuses to rule out serving under him again. Mr Bennett and Mr Sa’ar have promised not to serve under Mr Lapid. Might they change their minds after the election, if it meant getting rid of Mr Netanyahu? Mr La­ pid believes he will be able to form a gov­ ernment, though he admits it would be “a The state of the race Israel, parliamentary election, 2021 Projected seats* 50 Likud

40 30

Blue and White Joint List

Yesh Atid

Yamina

New Hope

20 10

O Others M A

M

Yisrael Beitenu J

J

A

2020 Source: National polls

S

O

0 N

D

J

F M

2021 *Four-poll moving average

coalition from hell”. Some think Avigdor Lieberman, the head of the Yisrael Beitenu party, could act as a go­between for anti­ Netanyahu forces. He is dedicated to kick­ ing both the prime minister and the ultra­ Orthodox parties, now in government, out of power. An agreement might see the par­ ty leaders rotate as prime minister. The coalition­building calculus will de­ pend on which parties meet the threshold of 3.25% of the vote for entering the Knes­ set. To boost the chances of parties that back him, Mr Netanyahu has tried to unite them, even working with avowed Jewish supremacists. Meanwhile, the opposition has fragmented. Anti­Netanyahu parties

ran on four lists a year ago. Now they have split into ten, including the mostly Arab Joint List, with which Mr Bennett and Mr Sa’ar won’t work. Some parties risk falling short of the threshold. That could tip the balance in Mr Netanyahu’s favour. Even if the parties opposed to Mr Neta­ nyahu win a majority, as they did in the two most recent elections, the prime minister may still hang on. His supporters call him “the magician”, owing to his ability to beat the political odds. But he may not have to do anything. If no one can form a govern­ ment, Israel will be forced to hold yet an­ other election—and until then, Mr Neta­ nyahu will stay in charge. n

John Magufuli

Bulldozed by reality Tanzania’s covid-denying president dies

W

hatever the true cause, the death of John Magufuli, Tanzania’s presi­ dent, will almost certainly not be listed among the country’s covid­19 statistics. That has nothing to do with the results of any tests for the virus that may have been performed in the weeks since he was last seen in public on February 27th. It has everything to do with Mr Magufuli’s policy of denying the existence of an illness that has ravaged Tanzania and the ranks of its government. Many believe it has claimed the life of its president at the age of 61. His death from “heart compli­ cations” was announced on March 17th.  Officially Tanzania, with nearly 60m people, has suffered just 509 cases of covid­19 and 21 deaths from it. Or, at least, that was the case almost a year ago, when the country stopped releasing official data. At the time Mr Magufuli said he did not trust his country’s statistics because the national laboratory was “releasing positive, positive, positive results”.  Instead of urging Tanzanians to wear face­masks or keep their distance from each other, Mr Magufuli insisted that God had swept the virus from their coun­ try. Even as neighbouring ones began to vaccinate, Mr Magufuli instructed his officials to hold off on giving jabs be­ cause he doubted they would work.   Nothing seemed to faze him, not even the mounting deaths—of Catholic priests and nuns, a former governor of the cen­ tral bank, and the vice­president of Zan­ zibar, a semi­autonomous archipelago. In February Mr Magufuli ordered his ailing finance minister, Philip Mpango, out of his hospital bed and into a press conference. Between gasps for breath, Mr Mpango insisted he was in robust health. A few days later Mr Magufuli himself

disappeared from view. Opposition leaders said he was taken in secret for treatment to neighbouring Kenya. He is to be replaced by Samia Suluhu, the vice­president, a Zanzibari. Mr Magufuli will probably be remem­ bered best for his covid denialism, but history should judge him as harshly for the damage he inflicted on Tanzania’s fledgling democracy. Though the country has been ruled by a single party, known by its initials ccm, since 1977, it has held multiparty elections since 1994 and had been moving steadily towards opening up its economy and its politics. Ahead of the presidential election in 2015 a dead­ lock between ccm’s main factions over its choice of candidate led them to pick an outsider who was nobody’s favourite: Mr Magufuli. Many in the party thought the man known as “the bulldozer” was slow­witted and pliable. “He was like Forrest Gump,” says a prominent mem­ ber of his cabinet.  Yet almost immediately after winning the election, he revealed a steely author­ itarianism. A leading opposition politic­ ian was shot in the sleepy capital, Dodo­ ma. Activists and journalists began disappearing, while bodies began wash­ ing up on the shores of Coco Beach in Dar es Salaam, the commercial capital. In elections last year Mr Magufuli claimed to have won 84% of the vote, up from 58% in 2015. Opposition candidates dismissed the result as rigged. His party won enough seats for Mr Magufuli to abolish term limits and cling to power beyond 2025, if he wished. Many Tan­ zanians worried that he might. Without him Tanzania has a chance of renewing its democracy—and of trying to fight back against the virus.

41

42

Middle East & Africa

The Economist March 20th 2021

Cabo Delgado

Mozambique and the war on terror

JOHANNESBURG

America designates an insurgency with local roots as part of Islamic State

S

ince a conflict began in 2017 in Cabo Delgado, a province in north­eastern Mozambique, about 2,700 people have died, nearly 670,000 have fled their homes and more than 900,000 are short of food. No one disputes the scale of the horror. But an argument rages as to what motivates the insurgents: jihadism or local grievances? The answer is probably both. The rebels are usually known as Ansar al­Sunna (or al­Shabab, like the unrelated Somali group). They evolved from a radical Muslim sect and have links throughout east Africa. They have found Cabo Delgado a fertile recruiting ground. The province is politically neglected and its residents are locked out of economic opportunities by a network of powerful crooks, politicians and businessmen. On March 10th the American govern­ ment linked the insurgency to the jihadists of Islamic State (is or isis), relabelling the group “isis­Mozambique” and its mem­ bers as “designated global terrorists”. As a result, anyone who deals with them risks running afoul of American law. The State Department also named the group’s leader as Abu Yasir Hassan, a Tanzanian aged about 40. It claimed to have evidence link­ ing the Mozambican outfit to the core leadership of is in Syria and Iraq. The de­ signation reflects growing international concern about the jihadist threat in Mo­ zambique, and fears that the government is out of its depth. Last year was especially bloody, with 433 attacks by jihadists. This was more than in the two previous years combined, reckons Cabo Ligado, a monitoring service. Some 80% of clinics are shut, says an expe­ Offshore gas exploration blocks

TANZANIA

Niassa

Mozambique Channel

Cabo Delgado Pemba

MOZ AMB I QUE

150 km

Nampula Violent events involving jihadists 2020 2021 (to March 12th) Source: ACLED

Maputo

rienced aid worker. “In my 26 years with unhcr I have seldom seen so many scared looks,” says Valentin Tapsoba of the un‘s refugee agency. On March 2nd Amnesty In­ ternational, a global watchdog, detailed what it described as “war crimes”. The in­ surgents, its report said, have carried out “horrific” abuses, including abductions and beheadings. Amnesty also pointed the finger at the government. It claimed that the army and police have been involved in extra­judicial killings and torture. It accused Dyck Advi­ sory Group, South African­based mercena­ ries employed by the government, of firing guns and dropping hand grenades into crowds. The company said it will hire out­ side lawyers to look into its activities. In recent months President Filipe Nyu­ si has tried to get a grip on the situation. In November Mozambique and Tanzania said they would work more closely to stem the flow of fighters across their border. In Ja­ nuary Mr Nyusi appointed a new army chief to head operations, but he died of co­ vid­19 in February. On March 11th the presi­ dent fired his army and air­force chiefs, as well as several other senior officers. The se­ curity forces have also armed various anti­ jihadist militias. Who is in charge remains something of a mystery. Mr Nyusi may feel he is running out of time. He wants the proceeds of the huge gas projects off the coast of Cabo Delgado to flow before his tenure is due to end in 2024. That will be touch and go. Exxon­ Mobil, an American energy giant, has post­ poned a decision on whether to invest $30bn in its project. Total, a French oil company, withdrew staff after insurgents came close to its base of operations at the turn of the year. It wants to see a 25km se­ curity cordon before they get back to work. The vacuum is worrying other govern­ ments. South Africa “stands ready” to help with intelligence­sharing, naval support or military training, suggested Naledi Pan­ dor, its foreign minister, in September. Portugal and France, as well as the Europe­ an Union, have offered help. American special forces will be training troops for the next two months. Various mercenary firms are trying to muscle in. Even as men with guns prepare to go in­ to Cabo Delgado, independent witnesses are being kept out. The government has pressed the Bishop of Pemba into leaving the regional capital, and expelled Tom

Searching for safety

Bowker, a British journalist. It has denied visas to un staff. These moves suggest that it is worried about what outsiders may find, from further possible war crimes to the corrupt and dysfunctional governance that has fuelled the insurgency. n African industry

Manufacturing hope DAK AR

New research suggests African industry is doing better than expected

“T

he future is  here,”  says  Ibrahima Sarr, pointing to the factories he runs in Senegal. After working and studying for 18  years  in  Europe  he  returned  home  to help  spark  a  manufacturing  revolution. Now he is with Africa Development Solu­ tions,  a  Malian  conglomerate,  managing plants that make electric bikes, pipes and, soon, clothing.  Mr Sarr is not alone in his optimism for manufacturing in Africa. The Diamniadio industrial  park  he  looks  out  over  is  the centrepiece of Senegal’s ambitious indus­ trialisation plan. Elsewhere in the region, Ghana  has  attracted  car­assembly  plants from  Nissan  and  Volkswagen.  Ethiopia, too, has bet heavily on manufacturing.  And the idea of making things is captur­ ing  the  imagination  of  young  Africans such  as  Yusuf  Bilesanmi,  who  invented  a cheap  ventilator  that  can  treat  patients with  covid­19  even  in  hospitals  without electricity. His device has been shortlisted for  the  Royal  Academy  of  Engineering’s Africa Prize. He wants to produce it in Ni­ geria  after  seeing  how  the  pandemic  dis­ rupted the supply of medical gear to Africa. Doing so will also allow him to create jobs

The Economist March 20th 2021

and distribute it more quickly.  This optimism cuts against established wisdom.  In  2015  Dani  Rodrik  of  Harvard University published an influential paper showing that employment in manufactur­ ing,  and  manufacturing’s  share  of  gdp, were  falling  in  sub­Saharan  Africa.  This “premature deindustrialisation” was deep­ ly  worrying.  Factories  transformed  coun­ tries like South Korea and China into eco­ nomic stars. Yet Mr Rodrik’s work suggest­ ed this elevator out of poverty was stalling. (Disclosure: Mr Rodrik wrote a favourable blurb for a book on an unrelated topic by the author of this article.) However, a handful of new studies sug­ gests things are looking up. Start with a re­ cent paper by Hagen Kruse, of the Universi­ ty of Groningen, and others. It reckons that the  share  of  people  working  in  manufac­ turing  in  sub­Saharan  Africa  has  risen from  7.2%  of  the  total  in  2010  to  8.4%. Though  starting  at  a  lower  level,  that growth looks remarkably Asian, especially after adjusting for income and population (see chart). A long decline in manufactur­ ing’s share of gdp has bottomed out, and it is now about 11%. Output is up by 91% in re­ al terms since 2000. Given numbers such as these, talk of deindustrialisation in Afri­ ca  is  “silly”,  says  Margaret  McMillan  of Tufts University. The World Bank, in a re­ cent brief, says unequivocally that “indus­ trialisation remains viable in sub­Saharan Africa.”  Even  Mr  Rodrik  is  more  hopeful, suggesting that in many African countries the  share  of  workers  in  manufacturing could reach 20%. That would be more than double  current  levels,  but  not  quite  the peaks seen in Europe, when up to a third of the workforce was in manufacturing.  There are still huge hurdles. Among the biggest is that the rise in factory employ­ ment  has  not  been  matched  by  expected improvements  in  productivity.  Some  rea­ sons  may  be  found  by  looking  at  which firms have improved, and which have not. In Tanzania and Ethiopia most of the new factory jobs were created by small, ineffi­ cient  companies.  Although  a  few  big manufacturers have boosted productivity, they have not been hiring much, according to a new paper by, among others, Xinshen Diao  and  Mia  Ellis  of  the  International Food  Policy  Research  Institute,  a  think­ tank based in Washington.  One  reason  for  the  productivity  gap may be that big African firms are tied into global value chains. In order to sell to com­ panies  in  rich  countries  they  have  to  use the  latest  machines  to  meet  the  highest standards. That may be helping them learn how to compete on global markets. But, in Correction Our article on Somalia (“Guns, terms and stealing power”, March 13th) incorrectly said the World Bank has halted budget support to the government of Somalia. It has not. Sorry.

Middle East & Africa

Chasing Asia Manufacturing employment share Estimated* percentage-point difference with 1990 Developing Asia

Sub-Saharan Africa†

12 9 95% confidence interval

6 3 0 -3

1991

95

2000

05

10

15

18

*Controlling for demographic and income effects on manufacturing employment †Excludes Mauritius Source: “A manufacturing renaissance? Industrialisation trends in the developing world”, by H. Kruse, E. Mensah, K. Sen and G. J. de Vries, 2021

part because fancy machines require fewer workers, it is not yet creating the millions of  jobs  needed  every  year  by  the  world’s youngest and fastest­growing population.  Even so, there are several paths African countries can take in order both to create many more jobs and to become more pro­ ductive  (which  would  make  their  people richer). The first is for big, productive play­ ers  to  increase  their  share  of  the  market. That would boost productivity overall, but might slow hiring. Yet if they can go on to compete  successfully  in  export  markets, they could soon be producing so much that hiring  picks  up,  too.  Competing  inter­ nationally will not be easy. Wages in most parts of Africa (with some exceptions, such as  Ethiopia)  are  still  higher  than  in  the poorest  countries  in  Asia.  So  are  living costs,  not  least  because  potholed  roads make  it  expensive  to  move  food  from farms  to  urban  markets.  Governments could help attract investment from already successful  foreign  firms  that  are  looking for places to build new factories by fixing infrastructure,  snipping  red  tape  and  im­

Nothing to sneeze at

proving schools. These sorts of investments, as well as initiatives to improve access to loans, could help small firms to shape up, and new ones to start up. One model to emulate could be Vietnam, where firms have in­ creased their productivity and expanded their workforce more quickly than those in Africa. Its small manufacturers invest even more intensively in machinery than its bigger ones, and are highly productive. Not every country can create its own version of Germany’s Mittelstand, with medium­sized firms that sell to the world. But they could have a throng of mid­sized companies supplying the big exporters that are competing in global markets. Gov­ ernments can help by easing bottlenecks at borders to encourage trade within Africa. Eastern Congo may not be a tempting mar­ ket for firms in China, but it is a big prize for food processors in next­door Rwanda. The  World  Bank  reckons  the  new  conti­ nent­wide  free­trade  area  that  came  into force  this  year  could  more  than  double intra­African trade in manufactured prod­ ucts by 2035. This could help combine im­ provements in both productivity and em­ ployment,  because  firms  selling  to  less competitive regional markets need not use the very latest machines. Given that most African countries have a lot of workers and not much capital, that would be a better fit. The  pandemic  has  been  tough  on manufacturers  in  Africa.  At  another  gar­ ment  factory  in  Diamniadio,  orders  from America  have  collapsed.  Yet  much  like manufacturing  in  Africa,  the  factory  is more  resilient  than  it  appears:  it  has switched to making face masks. Since Mr Sarr returned to Senegal, the pandemic has only  strengthened  his  determination  to encourage industry in Africa. Covid­19 ex­ posed  Africa’s  “extreme  dependence”  on imports and its vulnerability to shocks in supply chains around the world. “He who makes,” he says, “has the power.” n

43

44

Europe

The Economist March 20th 2021

→ Also in this section 45 The surprising Dutch vote 46 Pet politics in France 46 Turkey’s brave central banker 47 Russia panics about surrogacy

48 Charlemagne: Britain goes Turkish

German politics

The sleepwalker

BE RLIN

Christian Democrats are losing patience with their new leader

T

he excuses were  plentiful  as  Germa­ ny’s  centre­right  Christian  Democrats (cdu)  slumped  to  two  of  their  worst­ever state­election  defeats  on  March 14th.  The party was up against popular incumbents in  Green­led  Baden­Württemberg  and  in Rhineland­Palatinate,  run  by  the  Social Democrats (spd). The cdu’s state chapters had chosen weak candidates. And anyway Armin Laschet (pictured), the party’s lead­ er, had said before the votes that state elec­ tions  have  their  own  character.  National politics is another matter entirely.  All  true.  Yet  there  is  no  disguising  the malaise that has descended on Germany’s ruling party. Bad enough on their own, the election  results  contributed  to  a  broader sense  that  the  cdu has  lost  its  way.  Six months  ahead  of  a  general  election  after which Angela Merkel, the chancellor, will step down, the party that has run Germany for  over 15  years  is  suddenly  confronting the  prospect  that  it  could  leave  govern­ ment at the same time that she does. Long  bereft  of  ideas,  for  most  of  the Merkel era the cdu has relied on two other qualities  for  its  electoral  appeal.  One  is

competence. The four governments led by Mrs Merkel brought Germany through a se­ ries of crises barely scarred. Unemploy­ ment and debt remained low, and the country’s export­led growth model looked robust. The state largely passed tricky tests such as a huge influx of migrants in 2015­ 1

After the bounce Germany, voting intention in federal election, % WHO declares covid-19 a pandemic

40

CDU/CSU

30

Greens

20

AfD

10

SPD

FDP P J

F M A M

The Left J

J

2020 Source: National polls

A

S O N D

J

0 F M

2021

16. The bland managerialism of the cdu, and Mrs Merkel in particular, gave voters permission to switch off from politics. The government’s steady handling of the pandemic’s first phase reinforced that idea. Mrs Merkel’s ratings, and those of her party, soared, even as its spd coalition part­ ner flatlined (see chart 1). Yet the situation is becoming rockier as Germany enters its third covid­19 wave. Vaccination was slow even before the controversial decision on March 15th to suspend the AstraZeneca jab. A plan to ease the lockdown settled in early March, even as recorded cases were rising, is in disarray; having just reopened, parts of Germany are now shutting down yet again. The despair of customer­facing businesses has been compounded by bu­ reaucratic hold­ups in distributing aid. On top of that a series of scandals has centred on mps from the cdu and the Christian Social Union (csu), its Bavarian sister party, who lined their pockets through mask­procurement deals. It has left a nasty stench, has punctured party morale, and may have further to run. Fully 88% of voters are dissatisfied with the vac­ cine roll­out. The number who say the cdu/csu is best placed to manage Germa­ ny’s problems has plummeted. In a matter of weeks the party’s “covid bonus” in the polls has almost evaporated. The Merkel era’s other great appeal to voters was its aura of inevitability. The cdu/csu has led German coalition govern­ ments for 51 of the republic’s 71 post­war years, retaining support even as political

The Economist March 20th 2021

Europe

fragmentation ate away at the spd, its tra­ ditional rival. Germany had long seemed on course for a cdu/csu­led coalition with the Greens after September’s election. But as the people have drifted away from what cdu stalwarts call “the last people’s party”, the notion of a government without the conservatives has gained traction. A “traf­ fic­light” coalition of the spd, Greens and the liberal Free Democrats (fdp)—of the sort likely to stay in office in Rhineland­Pa­ latinate—is the talk of the day, though it re­ mains unlikely at federal level. But once the party stops looking invincible, more voters will be tempted by alternatives. Not much of this is directly the fault of Mr Laschet, who has been in charge of the cdu for scarcely two months. His immedi­ ate priority was to unite the wings of a par­ ty bitterly divided between his centrism and the more robust conservatism of Friedrich Merz, whom he narrowly defeat­ ed for the leadership in January. But so far Mr Laschet has signally failed to provide the leadership so many in his party crave. He was slow to respond to the corruption scandals. He brushed off complaints that he was missing in action after the state elections with a tin­eared argument that it was the job of the cdu secretary­general to respond. And though his brand of amiable moderation chimes with the public mood, he has shown no interest in offering a vi­ sion for post­Merkel Germany. “The only explanation I can see is that he doesn’t have any ideas,” says one despairing cdu mp. Even supporters profess exasperation. At some point in the seven weeks be­ tween Easter and Pentecost (these are Christian Democrats, after all) Mr Laschet and Markus Söder, the csu leader and Bava­ ria’s premier, will decide which of them is to lead the two parties into the election. Mr Söder is a savvy politician who has built a national reputation while insisting his ambitions do not run beyond his state’s borders. Yet although just 16% of cdu vot­ ers back Mr Laschet for the candidacy, even frustrated cdu mps think their leader will 2

Heading south Germany, state election results Greens

CDU

SPD

FDP

AfD

Free voters

Baden-Württemberg, total seats=154* 2021 2016

58 47 Coalition

42 42

19 19

18

12

17

23

Rhineland-Palatinate, total seats=101 2021

39

2016

39 Coalition

31 35

10 6

9 6 6 14

7

Sources: Baden-Württemberg state statistical office; Rhineland-Palatinate state returning officer *2016=143

probably get the nod. Some quietly wonder why Mr Söder would want to swap a com­ fortable perch in Munich for the stress of leading a demoralised party into an uncer­ tain election. Indeed, the last campaign of the Merkel era promises to be its liveliest. The Greens, almost certain to enter government in one coalition or another, are fizzing with ideas. The fdp, enjoying a modest recovery, has finally found a distinctive voice in the pan­ demic. Even the long moribund spd has re­ discovered a taste for power, animated by the prospect of booting the conservatives into opposition. Traditional voter blocs have broken down. “Even if we write the best manifesto in the world, it won’t be easy for us,” says Katja Leikert, a cdu mp. Yet for all its woes, the cdu/csu is still odds­on to lead Germany’s next govern­ ment. Optimists tell a story of a summer campaign in which a reunified ruling party exploits a public mood buoyed by a belat­ edly successful vaccination campaign and a rebounding economy. Mr Laschet re­ mains the favourite to succeed Mrs Merkel at the helm of the eu’s largest country. But his chances would be that much better if he could explain why he deserves the job. n Dutch election

Suddenly Sigrid AMSTE RDAM

A ballot boosts both pro-eu liberals and the far right

D

utch politics are absurdly complicat­ ed. The Netherlands has a proportional representation system with no minimum threshold (most eu countries have one at 5%),  ensuring  a  large  number  of  parties and a constant churn of new ones. Voters are more evenly divided than ever between them.  The  prime  minister,  Mark  Rutte,  a brilliant and imperturbably cheerful tacti­ cian,  has  nonetheless  managed  to  stay atop the heap for ten years, through three ruling coalitions. Last year he was hit with the  covid­19  pandemic  and  with  a  child­ benefits  scandal  that  forced  his  govern­ ment to resign just two months before an election. Yet there was never much doubt that when the votes were counted, he and his centre­right Liberal (vvd) party would again come in first. Preliminary results af­ ter  the  ballot  on  March 17th  showed  that the  vvd had  won  23%,  well  ahead  of  any other party.  Second  place,  however,  was  a  big  sur­ prise:  d66,  a  left­leaning,  liberal  pro­Eu­ ropean  party.  Its  leader  Sigrid  Kaag,  the current trade minister, is a former un dip­ lomat who presented herself as a candidate

Quiet but surprising

to become the Netherlands’  first  female prime  minister.  d66  won 15%,  one  of  the best results in its history. For his part, Mr Rutte moved towards the centre during the campaign,  imitating  left­wing  parties’ rhetoric on social policy. And with the ex­ ception  of  the  populist  right,  every  party emphatically  backed  strong  climate  poli­ cies. For a country that spent last summer leading Europe’s “frugal” club of countries opposed  to  greater  fiscal  integration  and nearly  torpedoed  the  bloc’s  €750bn ($900bn) covid­19 relief fund, the election may signal an important shift. Mr Rutte owes his victory partly to ap­ proval  of  his  handling  of  covid­19.  The Netherlands  has  not  done  very  well—in­ fection  rates  have  been  higher  than  in peers  like  Germany  and  Denmark,  and track­and­trace  and  vaccination  pro­ grammes have been slow. But most voters seemed not to mind, while others blamed the health minister, a Christian Democrat. During the campaign most of the opposi­ tion  avoided  the  issue.  As  for  the  child­ benefits scandal (in which the tax author­ ity financially ruined thousands of parents over false accusations of fraud), it was not the vvd leader but the head of Labour who quit over his role in the affair. Yet even for the teflon­coated Mr Rutte, forming  a  coalition  will  be  difficult.  Be­ tween 15  and 17  parties  have  made  it  into parliament, depending on the final count. Together,  the  vvd,  d66 and  the  Christian Democrats have exactly half the seats. But the Christian Democrats’ vote share fell to just 10%, from 13% in the previous election. Their leader, Wopke Hoekstra, currently fi­ nance minister, had been billed as a con­ tender for Mr Rutte’s job but ran a clumsy campaign with no clear theme. They may prefer a spell in opposition to rebuild their strength, making Mr Rutte’s task harder. The populist right split into more par­ ties,  but  grew  overall.  The  Party  for  Free­ dom  (pvv),  led  by  the  anti­Muslim  fire­

45

46

Europe

The Economist March 20th 2021

brand  Geert  Wilders,  had  hoped  to  finish second  but  settled  for  third  with  11%.  A smaller far­right party, Forum for Democ­ racy,  grew  to  5%,  while  a  new  one,  ja21, won 2%. All are considered untouchable by the major parties. On the left, Labour, the GreenLeft  party  and  the  far­left  Socialists were pummelled, each winning 5­6%. Mr Rutte is unlikely to want more than one of them in his cabinet. That leaves the great swirl of small­to­ tiny  Dutch  parties.  They  often  forecast trends  that  take  longer  to  materialise  in other countries. Four years ago the arrival of Forum for Democracy seemed to augur a new  wave  of  alt­right  populism,  but  that party  fractured  in  November  over  racism and anti­semitism. The Party for the Ani­ mals, the world’s first animal­rights party

to  win  parliamentary  representation,  got 4%. Identity politics is going strong: denk, a party representing Dutch Muslims, won 2%. Meanwhile Volt, a new pan­European liberal party that runs in every country in the eu, rose in the polls in the final weeks of the campaign and won 2%. The vvd’s turn to the centre and the suc­ cess of d66 suggest the next Dutch govern­ ment may be a tad less parsimonious in fu­ ture eu fiscal debates. But much depends on which parties join the coalition. In 2017 forming  a  government  took  over  six months.  Mr  Rutte  says  the  covid­19  crisis requires  more  urgent  action,  and  wants speedy  negotiations  with  d66 and  the Christian Democrats. But Ms Kaag wants to bring in more parties on the left. She will be happy to take her time. n

Pets and politics in France

Future impurrfect PARIS

Are some animals more presidential than others?

C

ats and dogs have become the new weapons in France’s image­politics wars. Things began to heat up late last year when Marine Le Pen, the leader of the National Rally (formerly the National Front), revealed that she had passed an exam to become an accredited cat­breed­ er. Her feline fervour was already well known. Ms Le Pen considers cats to be “part of the family” and once accused a Doberman belonging to her father, Jean­ Marie Le Pen, of killing one of her trea­ sured mogs. But this latest twist looked suspiciously like part of a bid to soften the image of a leader who has sought to distance herself from her father’s in­ flammatory far­right politics.  Just as Ms Le Pen has tried to tone down her strident style ahead of next year’s French presidential election, so

have cuddly pictures of her six cats ap­ peared with persistent regularity on her Instagram account. She has even set up a separate anonymous account, dedicated to her Bengal and Somali breeds. “I’m not interested in the money,” purred Ms Le Pen; “I just want cats to be better treated.” If I care for my cats, she seems to say, I would care for the country too.  Ms Le Pen’s efforts have not gone unnoticed. After his election Emmanuel Macron adopted a mongrel, Nemo, from a rescue shelter. Photos of the president, better known for his “Jupiterian” govern­ ing style, petting his black mutt period­ ically feature on the Instagram account of the official presidential photographer, Soazig de la Moissonnière. In December Mr Macron posted on social media a video of Nemo, with a message urging the French to adopt a rescue pet, and to do so responsibly. It got over half a mil­ lion views on Instagram alone.  During the Fifth Republic, a menag­ erie of pets has come and gone at the Elysée palace. As well as his rescue dog, Mr Macron keeps two hens (a present). Nicolas Sarkozy brought in a handful of canines. Charles de Gaulle had a Welsh Corgi, reportedly given to him by the queen, as well as a cat, although neither lived at the official residence. Before Mr Macron, no fewer than six consecutive French presidents had Labradors, turn­ ing that breed into something of a tradi­ tion. Georges Pompidou’s was called Jupiter, as it happens. In short, every modern French president has owned a dog. Has Ms Le Pen picked the right pet for power?

Turkey

The banker and the president ISTANBUL

The man who is putting the economy to rights may suffer for it

N

aci agbal deserves a pat on the back. In only a few months as Turkey’s cen­ tral­bank governor, he has breathed new life into his country’s currency, bolstered the bank’s reputation and started to re­ plenish its coffers. The lira had a terrible 2020, losing near­ ly 20% of its dollar value. Among emerg­ ing­market currencies, only the Argentine peso and the Brazilian real fared worse. This year it was by far the strongest of the bunch until late February, when a spike in us treasury yields, a possible harbinger of higher borrowing costs in America, prompted a sell­off of Turkish assets. Mr Agbal has come up with the right remedy. When he took over last November, the former finance minister inherited a currency crisis and a central bank that had wasted an estimated $130bn of its foreign reserves in a hare­brained defence of the li­ ra. Since then he has raised interest rates by a cumulative 675 points, pledged to re­ build the bank’s reserves, and improved communication with financial markets in Turkey and abroad. “He adopted a more predictable and transparent framework, which helped him manage expectations,” says Hakan Kara, the bank’s former chief economist. “The central bank has done a tremendous job restoring some of its cred­ ibility,” says Piotr Matys of Rabobank, a Dutch financial­services giant. But things are not about to get easier for Mr Agbal. The credit bonanza that helped Turkey cope with the pandemic (the econ­ omy grew by 1.8% in 2020, defying most forecasts) also put pressure on the lira and on prices. Inflation in Turkey has been creeping up for over a year. In February it Sending a message Turkish lira against the $, inverted scale 5

6

7

8

9 2019 Source: Refinitiv Datastream

20

21

The Economist March 20th 2021

reached 15.6%. Another interest­rate rise may now be on the cards. On March 18th, as The Economist went to press, the bank was expected to increase the benchmark rate by a percentage point. Mr Agbal says he will keep policy tight to smother inflation, which he wants to bring down to 5% in under three years. But there is no telling whether he can stay the course, or even remain at his post. Turkey’s president, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who promised to give Mr Agbal a free hand when he took up his post, seems so far to have lived up to his word. But the governor continues to serve at the president’s mercy. Turkey does not have to hold a general election until 2023. But there are rumours of a possible snap vote. The louder these grow, the more pressure Mr Agbal will face to trade monetary discipline for economic growth. Mr Erdogan has already signalled his unease with the recent rate rises. Tur­ key’s president sacked two of Mr Agbal’s predecessors in less than two years. If his political future is at stake, he may not hes­

Europe

itate to ditch a third. Just as worrying is the spectre of Berat Albayrak, who succeeded Mr Agbal as fi­ nance minister in 2018 and who resigned in a huff when his rival got the central­ bank job. Mr Albayrak, who is married to one of Mr Erdogan’s daughters, and who was once believed to be the second most powerful person in Turkey, has not made a single public appearance since his exit. But he may be plotting a comeback. A recent sign came in late February, when Mr Erdogan publicly defended his son­in­ law’s record and the decision to use up so much of the central bank’s foreign reserves during his tenure. Markets saw this as a sign that Mr Albayrak may be returning to politics. The lira suffered a mild heart at­ tack and fell by 2% in a day. Mr Agbal may have missed a chance by not raising rates since December. With the lira rattled again, this time by the news from America, he may now have to do it anyway. And Mr Erdogan’s patience could soon start to wear thin. n

Russia

Panic womb

MOSCOW

Conservatives fret that surrogate parents may be gay or foreign

R

ussia is one of the few places where commercial surrogacy is entirely legal (along  with  Ukraine,  Georgia  and  some American  states).  Foreigners  can  pay  a Russian woman for the use of her womb. Each year Russian surrogate mothers give birth  to  hundreds,  perhaps  thousands,  of babies (estimates vary wildly). And in con­ trast to America, the service is cheap. Nine months  of  gestation  plus  labour  can  be bought for around $20,000. But in the next few  months  or  so,  Russia’s  parliament looks set to ban the practice, at least if the customers are foreign. “Russia is not an in­ cubator,”  says  Irina  Yarovaya,  a  deputy speaker of the Duma, Russia’s parliament. The apparent trigger for this proposed change  was  the  death  of  a  baby  boy  who was born to a surrogate mother on behalf of a Filipino family last year. The baby was nursed in a rented flat outside Moscow and died  while  recovering  from  an  operation on his brain. When the police entered the flat,  they  found  three  other  babies  being nursed  for  different  Filipino  families. These included three­month­old twins be­ longing  to  Fredenil  Hernaez  Castro,  a member of the Philippines’ parliament. The police decided that they had stum­ bled upon a trafficking ring. Doctors who worked  for  the  fertility  clinics  where  the

children had been born were  arrested.  So were a translator and a courier who had or­ ganised some of the documents. A lawyer who  had  made  the  arrangements  was charged with child­trafficking but left the country before being arrested. The babies were sent to an orphanage, instead of their lawful Filipino parents.  Russian television channels launched a campaign of alarm, not about cops putting

A rest for some; arrest for others

babies in orphanages, but about surrogacy itself. They claimed that certain reproduc­ tive  specialists  were  in  fact  criminal  out­ fits,  bent  on  stealing  embryos  and  faking documents.  They  warned  that  surrogate children might be brought up by same­sex couples.  A government investigative committee seized medical records from reproductive clinics in Moscow. It claimed that surroga­ cy services could legally be provided only to  single  women  and  heterosexual  cou­ ples.  (There  is  no  such  rule.)  The  author­ ities  threatened  to  prosecute  single  men who  have  hired  surrogates,  and  to  take away their children. Several gay men fled Russia  to  avoid  losing  their  children  and their freedom.  Many countries ban surrogacy because they fear that poor women will be exploit­ ed—that  they  are  not  capable  of  deciding for themselves whether the fee is worth the labour.  Some  activists  liken  surrogacy  to prostitution (which they also think should be illegal). In Russia, by contrast, pro­gov­ ernment conservatives see the debate as an opportunity to bash gays. “If we do not en­ gage  in  sexual  education  of  our  children, then the lgbt sex­instructors of nato will do it for us,” said one talk­show guest re­ cently. (nato, a western alliance that Rus­ sia views with suspicion, has nothing to do with sex education in schools.) Russia’s  president,  Vladimir  Putin,  of­ ten vows to defend traditional family val­ ues. It is a potent rallying cry. Last year he held a referendum to change the constitu­ tion. The main aim was to allow himself to stay in power beyond 2024, but it was bun­ dled with dozens of populist measures, in­ cluding  a  constitutional  ban  on  gay  mar­ riage.  “As  far  as  ‘parent  number  one’  and ‘parent  number  two’  go…as  long  as  I’m president this will not happen. There will be  dad  and  mum,”  said  Mr Putin. Voters had to say yes or no to the whole constitu­ tional package. It passed easily. n

47

48

Europe

The Economist March 20th 2021

Charlemagne The new Turks 

Britain is the latest scrappy outsider in Brussels

L

ife in brussels has become all too exciting for British diplo­ mats.  Before  Brexit,  they  needed  the  patience  to  haggle  over boring, intricate policy. Now they find a knack for bellicosity more useful. Since completing its departure from the eu at the start of the year, the British government has launched into scraps with its erstwhile colleagues. It began by refusing to offer ambassadorial status  to  the  eu’s  man  in  London.  It  then  unilaterally  overrode parts of its agreement on Northern Ireland, sparking apoplexy at the European Commission, which accused it of breaking interna­ tional law. As a backdrop, British mps accuse their European peers of vaccine nationalism, after the eu brought in export controls on jabs made in the bloc. Allegations of hypocrisy and even malevo­ lence zip between London and Brussels like a grumpy Eurostar.  On leaving the eu, Britain was always going to face a choice: should it be more like Switzerland or Turkey? Countries that are neighbours to the world’s largest economic bloc must either ac­ cept its supremacy or try to fight it. Switzerland and Turkey best represent these two options. The Swiss, who have a complicated tangle  of  agreements  with  the  eu,  may  grumble  about  the  eu’s dominance over their affairs, but ultimately accept the intrusion. Turkey has a far simpler relationship: a customs union that allows goods to move relatively freely. Yet President Recep Tayyip Erdo­ gan’s government wrestles the Europeans at any opportunity.  Britain could have gone either way. Theresa May, prime minis­ ter from 2016­19, enjoyed walking in the Alps and viewed the eu with Swiss realism. Once outside the bloc, she reckoned, Britain would still seek to influence it, roping itself into everything from foreign policy to data­protection laws in the same way that Swit­ zerland ties itself to various eu rules. The plan was to make friends and influence people, with diligent diplomacy compensating for the loss of a seat at the table. However, Mrs May’s successor, Boris Johnson, the proud descendant of an Ottoman politician, has tak­ en a far more Turkish approach. He led Britain out of the eu and into a loose and rather shallow free­trade deal with it. He sees Eu­ rope as a sovereign rival, and his diplomats follow his lead. Private deliberation is out. Public confrontation is in. Brussels is there to be bashed, especially when it does outrageous things, like threat­ en to block vaccine exports to Britain.

Britain discovered its rebellious streak rather late in the day. After it voted to leave in 2016, it continued to abide by the bloc’s rules. British officials diligently attended meetings on eu youth policy and the like, even while politics at home was a four­year screaming match. But now a spikier tone emits from them. During the difficult talks as a stand­still transition period came to an end on December 31st, officials wore Union Jack lanyards. They were told to be “leaders” not “mice” by David Frost, the peer leading the British  side.  Then  and  subsequently,  threats  to  rip  up  already agreed deals were frequent. It is a tactic that eu officials who nego­ tiate  with  Turkey  will  recognise,  given  Mr  Erdogan’s  repeated threats to terminate an agreement with the eu over refugees. Tur­ key has been playing this game for a long time. Britain, by con­ trast, is still experimenting. “It’s like a teenager questioning their identity,” says a slightly patronising Eurocrat.  An  element  of  nihilism  hangs  over  the  relationship.  Neither side particularly wants or expects a deeper partnership any time soon. Britain is happy to scrap with the eu because not much is at stake. Fresh infringement proceedings, which can result in fines, carry little threat. (There are already dozens of such proceedings open against Britain.) Other sanctions are similarly blunt. The eu can  withhold  valuable  baubles  such  as  a  decision  on  financial equivalence, which would allow British insurers and asset manag­ ers to operate in the eu. But British officials already put the chance of such a concession at close to zero. The threat to withdraw an of­ fer one never intended to make is not very potent, as the Turkish government can attest. Turkey launched its application to join the eu in 1987, yet the path turned out to be a treadmill rather than a travelator. It knows its prospects of joining the bloc are non­exist­ ent and it behaves accordingly.  Toblerone to Turkish delight In Europe geography is destiny. All parties are stuck with each oth­ er,  whether  or  not  their  governments  accept  it.  Switzerland smooths over its disagreements via constant negotiation with the eu, haggling over everything from the free movement of people to banking  secrecy  in  a  never­ending  cycle  of  talks.  Being  a  small landlocked country at the heart of the European continent lends itself  to  grumpy  compromise.  Turkey  is  in  a  far  more  awkward place. Considered not quite European by those in Brussels, it is si­ multaneously too small to pose a challenge but too large to push around. In short, it is in a position to which Britain can relate. This poses a conundrum to the eu, too. Unlike Switzerland, both Bri­ tain  and  Turkey  are  military  partners,  not  just  economic  ones. Both are members of nato. The eu’s most pressing strategic prob­ lems, including an unstable north Africa and an interfering Rus­ sia, will be solved more easily if Turkey and Britain are onside.  Yet it may prove even harder for the eu to build a constructive relationship  with  Britain  than  with  Turkey.  Ultimately,  the  eu does not much care about the fate of Turkey as long as it remains stable. In the case of Britain and the eu, each side needs the other to struggle (even if neither side will admit this). For Europe, Bri­ tain must be demonstrably worse off as a result of leaving the bloc. In exchange for following all its strictures, the eu promises pros­ perity. The prospect of a large, successful economy with a different worldview just off its north­west coast is an uncomfortable one. For  the  British  government,  the  pain  of  leaving  the  eu must  be seen to be worth it. This is easier to claim if the eu fails to become a beacon of transnational bliss. Friction is inevitable. Those hoping for a boring relationship are out of luck. n

Britain

The Economist March 20th 2021

Foreign policy

White heat

Britain puts science and technology at the heart of a foreign and defence policy shake-up

T

he slogan “Global Britain” first gained currency in the months after the coun­ try’s  vote  to  leave  the  European  Union  in 2016. Theresa May deployed the phrase five times  when  she  addressed  the  Conserva­ tive  Party  conference  for  the  first  time  as prime minister. Days later it was the title of Boris Johnson’s first policy speech as Mrs May’s  foreign  secretary.  What  it  meant  in practice,  beyond  an  attempt  to  reassure Britons that Brexit would not mean autar­ ky, remained hazy.  The idea is finally being fleshed out. On March 16th Mr Johnson’s government pub­ lished  “Global  Britain  in  a  Competitive Age”, a 114­page “integrated review” of the country’s foreign, security, defence and aid policy, billed as the most radical such re­ view since the end of the cold war. In many ways, it defies expectations. The text is free of  the  ebullient  jingoism  beloved  of  Mr Johnson  and  his  cabinet.  Many  observers had anticipated a pivot away from Europe, where  Britain  is  locked  in  diplomatic trench  warfare  with  the  eu,  towards  the rising powers of Asia.

In  fact,  the  vaunted  “tilt”  to  the  Indo­ Pacific  is  relatively  modest  and  thus  re­ freshingly  realistic,  though  embroidered by Mr Johnson’s visit to India next month and the imminent dispatch of an aircraft­ carrier to the region. The carrier’s deploy­ ment  is  “our  most  significant  peacetime deployment  in  25  years”,  notes  Admiral Ben Key, Britain’s commander of joint op­ erations. Britain will also seek to become a member of the cptpp trade pact and a “dia­ → Also in this section 50 More nukes 51 Aid cuts 51 Curbing protest 52 Bagehot: English nationalism

Read more from this week’s Britain section: Economist.com/Britain

logue  partner”  of  asean,  a  club  of  ten South­East Asian nations. Looming over those efforts, and the re­ view as a whole, is China, whose rise is de­ scribed as “by far the most significant geo­ political factor in the world today”. To the disappointment  of  many  Conservative backbench mps, the document’s language on China is measured. It notes that China poses a “systemic challenge…to our securi­ ty,  prosperity  and  values”  but  warns  that Britain  “must  remain  open  to  Chinese trade and investment”. The review is expli­ cit  that  Britain’s  immediate  neighbour­ hood,  the  Euro­Atlantic  region,  remains the priority, and “where the bulk of the uk’s security focus will remain”.  The ambitious language of the review is lent  credence  by  a  major  boost  to  the  de­ fence budget announced in November. The full details of investments (notably, high­ tech areas) and cuts (falling heavily on the army)  will  be  published  in  a  separate  de­ fence  “command  paper”  due  on  March 22nd. What is clear is that Britain is over­ hauling its military posture.  Its armed forces will be spread out more widely  across  the  world,  with  boosts  to military facilities in Oman, Singapore and Kenya  and  a  one­third  increase  in  the number  of  defence  attachés.  One  or  two offshore patrol vessels will be permanent­ ly based in Asia, followed by a pair of Bri­ tain’s next­generation frigates later in the decade. The idea is also to use these forces more actively and unpredictably in peace­

49

50

Britain

time.  “We  are  doing  things  at  a  time  and place  which  we  would  not  normally  have done, to see whether it evinces a reaction,” says Admiral Key, pointing to Britain’s dis­ patch  of  warships  to  the  Arctic  and  para­ troopers to Ukraine last year.  Yet the review’s unifying theme is nei­ ther Britain’s free­trading ambition nor its military prowess, but the government’s as­ piration for the country to be recognised as a “science and technology superpower” by 2030. “Technology is going to be the most fundamental  metric  of  national  power over  the  next  decade,”  says  an  official  in­ volved  with  the  review.  To  that  end,  it promises  to  raise  economy­wide  invest­ ment in research and development (r&d) from  the  current  figure  of  1.7%  of  gdp— well  below  the  average  for  the  oecd—to 2.4%  by  2027,  backed  up  with  £15bn  of funding for the business department. Technology  is  woven  throughout  the review.  Efforts  to  shape  the  international order will be centred on “regulatory diplo­ macy”  to  influence  the  norms  governing “the  future  frontiers  of  cyberspace…data and space”, such as behaviour around sat­ ellites.  On  climate  change,  described  as Britain’s “number one international prior­ ity”, £1bn will go to carbon capture and hy­ drogen technology. On security, £6.6bn is set aside for military r&d for “ai and other battle­winning  technologies”  and  almost £700m for the intelligence agencies.  The  idea  is  that  in  some  areas,  like  5g and  future  mobile  networks,  Britain  will aim to “co­create” pivotal technology with allies, not least to push back against Chi­ nese dominance. But in others, like quan­ tum computing, synthetic biology and ar­ tificial intelligence, Britain must own sov­ ereign  capabilities  “from  discovery  to large­scale manufacture and commerciali­ sation”.  That  points  to  a  shift  in  Britain’s political  economy,  towards  a  more  active and  interventionist  state—a  bit  more French, suggests one official. All of this is tied back to Mr Johnson’s domestic agenda to “level up” deprived ar­ eas and firm up the fraught Union: a new defence industrial strategy will promise to build ships in Scotland, armoured vehicles in Wales and satellites in Northern Ireland. A new National Cyber Force will be head­ quartered in the north of England. The  review  has  received  a  warm  wel­ come among Britain’s partners in America, Europe and Asia. It is “comprehensive and well  done”,  says  a  Japanese  official.  “Glad to see the uk back,” remarks a French dip­ lomat. Yet there are “unresolved tensions”, warns Peter Ricketts, a former British na­ tional  security  adviser.  Perhaps  the  star­ kest contradiction is between Britain’s sur­ prise  decision  to  reverse  decades  of  cuts and expand its stockpile of nuclear weap­ ons, without much in the way of explana­ tion, and its support for non­proliferation

The Economist March 20th 2021

and disarmament (see next article). And despite the review’s effusive com­ mitment to European security, its terse treatment of the eu is notable. On March 15th the eu launched legal action against Britain over alleged breaches of the Brexit deal, amid wider acrimony over vaccines and the status of the eu mission in Lon­ don. “You can’t really portray yourself as the primary mover for European security, shaping the international order, and not have a functioning relationship with the eu”, says Lord Ricketts. On every British priority, from regulation of technology to climate change, it will be hard to ignore the bloc next door. n Nuclear warheads

Stocking up Britain’s decision to add nukes is a blow to non-proliferation

F

or decades Britain has boasted of its diminutive nuclear status. Of the five nuclear­armed powers recognised by the Nuclear Non­Proliferation Treaty (npt), Britain’s arsenal is the smallest and the on­ ly one with a single means of delivery— submarines. Yet buried in its foreign and defence policy review on March 16th was a striking announcement: for the first time since the cold war, its stockpile will grow. Successive British governments pruned the arsenal by more than half between the 1980s and 2000s, eager to show progress towards disarmament (see chart). In 2010 the government declared that Britain had fewer than 225 warheads, and would cut that to below 180 by the middle of this dec­ ade—a goal that was reaffirmed in 2015. That was thought sufficient to inflict unac­ ceptable damage on Russia, the country’s main adversary. Now, in response to “technological and W76 and all that Britain, approximate nuclear warheads* 500 400 300

Future ceiling

200 100 0 1953 60

70

Source: Bulletin of Atomic Scientists

80

90

2000

10

20

*Britain did not publicly declare its overall stockpile until 2010

doctrinal threats”, Britain is to raise the ceiling on its stockpile to 260 warheads. It will also stop publishing figures for the numbers of missiles and warheads carried aboard each submarine, to “complicate the calculations of potential aggressors”. In theory, more Chinese warheads or better Russian ones ought not to make any difference to Britain’s nuclear needs. Bri­ tain keeps a submarine at sea at all times, in a practice known as continuous­at­sea deterrent, or casd. The advantage of hav­ ing your nuclear weapons hidden in the ocean, rather than on land, is that they are at little risk of being taken out by enemy ones, no matter how numerous or sophis­ ticated those might be. So why more warheads? One possibility is that Britain is worried about future im­ provements in Russian or Chinese missile defences that would mean fewer warheads getting through, thus requiring more to be fired in the first place to inflict the same level of damage. Another rationale is that Britain may wish to put more than one sub­ marine to sea in future, hedging against the risk of a breakthrough in technology for anti­submarine warfare, or ensuring that it could target Russia and China, or North Korea, at the same time. Another explanation might be that Rus­ sia’s nuclear posture has shifted over the past decade. Heather Williams of King’s College London points out that Russia is developing dual­capable weapons—mis­ siles that can carry conventional or nuclear warheads—and lowering its nuclear threshold, meaning that it might use low­ er­yield, battlefield nuclear weapons earli­ er in a conflict. To retaliate by destroying Moscow would be disproportionate. But if Britain, which commits its nuclear weapons to the defence of nato, wanted to respond in kind—the yield of its own warheads, a vari­ ant of America’s w76, can be reduced—it would want to be sure of having sufficient remaining warheads for a subsequent and larger nuclear exchange. Whatever the precise reasoning, the timing could hardly be worse. Britain’s move has prompted bafflement among most nuclear experts. It is unlikely to do much to boost deterrence, while doing real diplomatic harm. The npt’s five­yearly re­ view conference is five months away and the mood is mutinous. Many non­nuclear states are furious that nuclear­armed ones are doing little to slash their arsenals. Chi­ na, India, Pakistan and North Korea have all been growing their forces. The worry is that trust in the npt may ebb away, weakening non­proliferation ef­ forts. In recent decades, Britain has been a “leader in nuclear disarmament”, says Dr Williams. Its decision to change course af­ ter decades of steady reductions is a sign of the wider nuclear gloom. n

The Economist March 20th 2021

Foreign aid

Chop, chop

Britain Protest

No more parades

Why cuts are going to be so savage

S

hock rather than awe reverber­ ated around Britain’s aid circles when a leaked government draft sug­ gested that the government would give Yemen, site of today’s worst humanitar­ ian disaster, half of what it got last year. Other countries in dire straits that would be even more drastically short­ changed include Lebanon, Libya, Soma­ lia, South Sudan and Syria. The cuts envisaged in such places are much deeper than those required by the gov­ ernment’s decision last year to spend 0.5% of gross national income (gni) rather than the 0.7% enshrined in law. In its review of foreign policy and security policy, published on March 16th, the government insists it will restore the 0.7% figure “when the fiscal situation allows”. But Andrew Mitchell, a former Tory aid minister, who has vigorously opposed the cuts, says that the likelihood of this government again fulfilling the 0.7% pledge once it has been dropped is “for the birds”. One reason for the savagery of the cuts is that around two­thirds of the roughly £15bn ($21bn) spent last year on aid has already been promised to multi­ lateral agencies such as those under the umbrella of the un, the European Union and the World Bank. Breaking such pledges is legally tricky. On top of that, the impact of covid­19 on the economy would knock about £1.5bn off the aid budget, even if it still got 0.7% of gdp. So an array of projects that Britain has been funding bilaterally, especially in Africa, must take a disproportionate share of the chop. It is unclear how the cuts are being allocated. Aid specialists say that the recent merger of the Foreign Office with the Department for International Devel­ opment has caused administrative chaos. Under the new mega­ministry, ambassadors are now in charge of dispensing the aid—and may simply be told they will have to work out how to dish it out from a smaller pocket. Another Conservative former aid minister, Rory Stewart, who now teach­ es at Yale University, says the review shows that Britain is “in effect dis­ engaging from many of our commit­ ments in the Middle East and Africa, especially in areas of conflict”. The new policy is driven, he maintains, “by Brexiteers who don’t want to be in­ volved in those kinds of countries.”

An awkward coincidence draws attention to an illiberal bill

F

rom the government’s point of view, the timing could not have been worse. On March 13th, hundreds  of  people  gath­ ered on Clapham Common  in  London  to mourn Sarah Everard, a marketing execu­ tive, whose murder—for  which  a  serving police officer has been charged—sparked an outpouring of anger  and  solidarity among women. The Metropolitan  Police, which had declined to give the vigil’s orga­ nisers a permit on the  grounds  that  it would breach lockdown rules, swooped in and arrested four people. On March 16th, Parliament voted on the government’s Police, Crime,  Sentencing and Courts bill—a rag­bag  of  measures which includes a clampdown on the right to protest. The government had hoped the bill would slide through Parliament unob­ served, but the timing turned  it  into  the centre of a controversy. As mps debated the bill hundreds of protesters blocked West­ minster Bridge to traffic. The curbs on protest are aimed at move­ ments which the government, dominated by social conservatives, abhors. Priti Patel, the home secretary, has described Extinc­ tion Rebellion (xr) as “eco­crusaders turn­ ed criminals” and protests  organised  by Black Lives Matter (blm) as “dreadful”.  The government reckons that the Pub­ lic Order Act 1986, drawn  up  in  the  era  of trade­union marches, is  ill­equipped  to deal with these movements’ tactics. At pre­ sent protests can be restricted only if they are likely to cause serious damage to prop­

Vigilance in Clapham

erty or disruption to communities. xr and blm have a talent for spectacle. blm’s sup­ porters have removed and defaced statues. xr’s members climb on top of Tube trains and  occupy  bridges;  music  often  forms part  of  their  demonstrations.  In  Novem­ ber,  Britain  will  host  the  cop26  interna­ tional  climate  conference.  Boris  Johnson will  not  want  to  be  upstaged  by  eco­war­ riors in front of a global audience. If the bill is enacted, the maximum pen­ alty for causing less than £5,000 worth of damage  to  a  statue  will  rise  from  three months in jail to ten years. Protests can be restricted  if  the  noise  they  create  may  be grounds for restricting them if it has a “rel­ evant  impact”  on,  or  they  cause  “serious unease” to people nearby. Protests by a sin­ gle person can be subject to restrictions.  Critics maintain that the rules amount to  the  silencing  of  protest.  “If  Priti  Patel was heading up homeland security in the us in  1963,  Martin  Luther  King  would  be whispering his ‘I Have A Dream’ speech in a parking lot outside dc, rather than relaying it to millions in front of the Lincoln Memo­ rial,” says Raj Chada, a lawyer who special­ ises in protest law. The  proposals  reveal  the  Conservative Party’s contradictions. Many mps have de­ fended  freedom  of  speech,  particularly that  of  right­leaning  academics  in  left­ wing  universities.  Yet  they  are  more  am­ bivalent  about  its  cousin,  freedom  of  as­ sembly—and so are their voters. A YouGov poll found that 43% of Britons thought the Clapham vigil should not have gone ahead; 40% thought it should have. Among Tory voters  the  figures  were  61%  to  28%.  “The problem is our Conservative coalition now includes a lot of working people,” says a To­ ry mp. “It’s not that they are philosophical collectivist authoritarians, aka fascists; it’s just that they are not putting up with this nonsense,  and  then  that  gets  reflected  in the  policies.”  Taking  a  tough  line  on  law and  order  has  the  happy  by­product  of sowing  divisions  within  Labour.  The  par­ ty’s membership tends to like protests. Its voters, a more traditional bunch, do not.  There is some disquiet. In the second­ reading debate Theresa May, a former har­ dline home secretary and prime minister, said that freedom depends on knowing the fine  line  between  “popular  and  populist”. But the bill passed by a majority of 96. Still,  Britons  are  unlikely  to  put  down their  placards.  The  bill  has  succeeded  in uniting  disparate  protest  groups.  A  state­ ment signed by 99 branches of xr, blm and other groups pledged to “continue to unite and  fight”  against  the  government.  The protests  may  have  also  made  many  more voters  a  little  more  aware  of  the  impor­ tance  of  the  liberties  that  the  bill  under­ mines. And will xr still descend on cop26 come  November? “You  bet,”  says  an  xr spokesperson. n

51

52

Britain

The Economist March 20th 2021

Bagehot England speaks up

A radical new force is reshaping the country

E

nglish nationalism is  the  most  disruptive  force  in  British politics.  Brexit  would  have  been  impossible  without  it.  The clash between Scottish and English nationalism may well break up the country. It’s also the most perplexing. The distinction be­ tween “English” and “British” has always been hazy, and now the very meaning of “Englishness” is changing before our eyes. Its current transformation makes the nationalism on display in England perhaps the newest in the world, as well as the oldest. Historians  argue  that  England  already  had  a  sense  of  national identity  under  the  Anglo­Saxons,  a  millennium  before  the  Ger­ mans  and  the  Italians.  Yet  today’s  English  nationalism  is  a  very different  beast  from  the  classic  variety  that  George  Orwell  cele­ brated in “England, Your England” in 1941.  Classic English nationalism was more cultural than political. Aside from the explosive problem of Ireland, Britain was an inte­ grated country divided by class, whose constituent parts moved in mysterious harmony at election time. Today British politics is be­ ing deconstructed by competing national identities. In 2015, for the first time in the country’s history, and twice thereafter, four different parties topped the polls in the state’s four different terri­ tories. Classic English nationalism, moderate and self­deprecat­ ing, regarded flag­waving rallies as embarrassing. Today’s nation­ alism is radical and angry; flags are everywhere. Given its importance, this new force has been subjected to re­ markably little scholarly analysis. Too many academics, snug in their class­based certainties, dismissed it as a compound of rac­ ism  and  bigotry  and  waited  for  it  to  disappear.  “Englishness”,  a new book by Ailsa Henderson and Richard Wynn Jones, is an ad­ mirable exception as well as a scholarly testimony to the union’s strengths: Ms Henderson teaches at Edinburgh University and Mr Wyn  Jones  at  Cardiff.  The  nine  big  quantitative  surveys  of  “En­ glishness”  they  have  conducted  since  2011  demonstrate  that  the number  of  people  who  describe  themselves  as  exclusively  or mainly English rather than British is growing, and that the idea of “Britishness”—once the glue that held the kingdom together—is splintering.  Londoners  use  it  to  signal  their  cosmopolitanism; Scots to signal their unionism. Scottish nationalism and Euroscepticism gave birth to new En­

glish nationalism. From the English perspective, the Scots have al­ ways  had  a  good  deal  from  the  union:  they  get  higher  public spending and more mps per head. But instead of showing grati­ tude  for  the  cash,  they  demanded  political  power.  Nigel  Farage, former  leader  of  the  United  Kingdom  Independence  Party,  said what many Tories were thinking: that “the Scottish tail” was wag­ ging the “English dog” and that the Scots were “getting our money” while “being horrible to us”.  The 2014 Scottish referendum stoked English grievances with­ out satisfying the Scots, and the 2015 election turned a growing po­ litical division between the two into a chasm. The Tories played relentlessly on the fear that Labour couldn’t govern without the support of the Scots Nats, plastering England with posters show­ ing a tiny Ed Miliband in Alex Salmond’s top pocket. Labour, which had dominated Scottish politics for decades, was wiped out north of the border, and the nationalists entrenched in power.  Yet as Ms Henderson and Mr Wynn Jones show, there is more to English nationalism than grievance. It is certainly true that people who describe themselves as “English” first and foremost are more likely to feel “left behind”—either because they live in unfashion­ able corners of the country, such as seaside towns, or because they are older or less educated. But grievance is animated by a strong set of values: commitment to fair play and parliamentary democ­ racy, and a fierce pride in England’s history. The English feel that by  pocketing  more  money  than  they  deserve,  the  Scots  are  not playing fair; membership of the eu was wrong because Parliament is the only legitimate source of power; English history has provid­ ed  “our  island  nation”  with  both  a  web  of  ties  with  the  Anglo­ sphere and a unique global economic and strategic niche. Riding tigers The Conservatives have used this powerful identity to grab power, and like to think that they can direct it where they will—applying the  spur  whenever  they  choose  and  the  bridle  whenever  they need. But can they really? They may have harnessed English na­ tionalism, but it has reshaped their party. Conservatives also like to comfort themselves with the thought that English nationalists are also unionists. But are they? Two­thirds of those who describe themselves  as  English  not  British  say  they  would  be  happy  if Northern Ireland left the union; and, though they say they want to keep Scotland, they want to keep it on their own terms—by closing Holyrood, reducing public spending to the national average, and preventing Scottish mps from voting on English laws. A growing number support giving the Scottish nationalists what they want and giving it to them good and hard—depriving the new nation not just of use of sterling but also of passport­free travel. The problem with English nationalism, in its newly radicalised and politicised form, is that it may be too big to be tamed. Too big geographically: England accounts for 84% of the British popula­ tion  (and  growing)  and  London  has  more  people  than  Scotland and  Wales  combined.  And  too  big  historically:  England  played such a central role in the creation of the modern world that ties of blood and history can be found across the world. Yet there is little appetite  south  of  the  border  for  breaking  up  the  country  into smaller  regions.  And  there  is  even  less  appetite  for  abandoning the idea that Britain is an exceptional nation. In 1908 G.K. Chester­ ton wrote a poem called “The Secret People” which included the refrain “we are the people of England that never have spoken yet”. Now that the people of England have started speaking they are not going to be silenced soon. n

International

The Economist March 20th 2021

Global happiness

It might seem crazy

S ÃO PAULO AND SEOUL

The pandemic has changed the shape of global happiness

T

he covid­19 pandemic has done noth­ ing  good  for  the  mood  of  Park  Ha­ young, an undergraduate at Seoul National University.  She  spent  much  of  last  year worrying about the disease, and her chanc­ es of spreading it: “I was terrified of becom­ ing the person to cause a huge outbreak.” Her freedom has been drastically curtailed. The  government  determines  whether  she can  see  friends  or  attend  classes,  leaving her  frustrated  and  unable  to  make  plans. She is beginning to worry about finding a job after she graduates.  Politicians and officials frequently talk about  how  covid­19  affects  public  health and  the  economy.  But  for  most  people those  are  abstract  considerations.  What they experience each day are moods—the sense of being anxious and sad, or, if they are lucky, cheerful and optimistic. To mark World  Happiness  Day  on  March  20th,  re­ searchers linked to the un Sustainable De­ velopment Solutions Network have tried to pin down these moods and examine how the pandemic has changed them.  Gallup, a pollster, asks the same ques­ tions in scores of countries. The most re­

vealing one tells people to imagine a lad­ der, with steps numbered nought to ten. The top rung represents the best life you could have, the bottom rung represents the worst. What rung are you on now? People’s responses to that question, When you’re happy and you know it 1 “How satisfied are you with your life nowadays?” Britain, 10=completely satisfied 8.0 2017* 7.5 7.0 6.5 2021† 6.0 16-29

Source: ONS

30-49 50-69 Age group

70+

*Oct 2016-Sep 2017, age-adjusted, age-group average †Jan-Mar 2021

known as a Cantril ladder, suggest (rather surprisingly) that the world was about as happy in the teeth of an awful pandemic as it was before the coronavirus struck. The average score across 95 countries, not pop­ ulation­weighted, crept up insignificantly from 5.81 in 2017­19 to 5.85 in 2020. But the pattern of life satisfaction has changed. Covid­19 has made old people more cheer­ ful. A few countries have had some of the happiness squeezed out of them; others have amassed more of it. Covid­19 threatens the old far more than the young, with the risk of death after contracting the disease doubling for every eight years of life. Yet the old have cheered up. Globally, between 2017­19 and 2020 happiness was boosted by 0.22 points on the Cantril ladder among people over the age of 60. Celina Beatriz Gazeti dos Santos, a 64­year­old psychologist in São Paulo, ticks off a list of things that might dampen her mood—the pandemic, widespread cor­ ruption, a dislikeable government, others’ misery. Yet she proclaims herself increas­ ingly happy and optimistic all the same. In Britain, a country with excellent hap­ piness data, everyone has slipped, but some more than others (see chart 1). There, and in other rich countries, the age profile of happiness before the pandemic struck was roughly U­shaped when plotted on a graph. People began their adult lives in a cheerful state. They became glummer in middle age. Then, after about the age of 50, they started to became happier again. If they made it to a very advanced age, how­

53

54

International

ever, they fell back into the doldrums.  Today  the  pattern  is  an  upward  slope. The young are less satisfied than the mid­ dle­aged,  who  are  less  satisfied  than  the old.  That  might  be  put  down  to  Britain’s vaccination programme, which has target­ ed the old first. But the pattern has barely changed over the past year. Months before Britons  became  familiar  with  what  some call  “the  Pfizer”  and  “the  AstraZeneca”, something had shifted. Video­conferencing  software  has  en­ abled  many  old  people  to  stay  in  touch with  their  families—sometimes  better than  before  the  pandemic.  In  countries that locked down, they have the pleasure of knowing  that  society  made  sacrifices  to protect  them.  And  as  John  Helliwell,  an economist at the University of British Co­ lumbia who wrote part of the World Happi­ ness Report points out, the old feel health­ ier. Globally, 36% of men over the age of 60 said  they  had  a  health  problem  last  year, down from an average of 46% in the three years  before.  Among  women,  the  share with health problems fell from 51% to 42%. Old  people  probably  are  not  actually healthier. Rather, covid­19 has changed the yardstick. They feel healthier because they have dodged a disease that could kill them.  Meanwhile the young have had a rough year. Many lost their jobs—in America the unemployment rate for people aged 20 to 24 shot up from 6.3% in February 2020 to 25.6% two months later (it fell back to 9.6% last month). In some rich countries young women have had a particularly hard time. They often work in sectors, such as hospi­ tality, which have been shut down. When schools  close,  many  are  lumbered  with more than their fair share of child care.  They also have busy social lives. Having lots of friends seems, counter­intuitively, to  have  made  the  pandemic  harder.  One study of Britain by Ben Etheridge and Lisa Spantig,  both  at  the  University  of  Essex, found that women with at least four close friends slumped more than anyone during the spring 2020 lockdown. “People who are used  to  seeing  lots  of  friends  really  suf­ fered—and  women  and  younger  people have more friends,” says Xiaowei Xu of the Institute for Fiscal Studies.  Some  countries  have  fared  better  than others (see chart 2). Whereas Britons’ hap­ piness  slumped  in  2020,  Germany  rose from being the 15th happiest country in the world to the seventh happiest. Britain has endured  long  lockdowns  and  an  excess­ death rate of 190 per 100,000 people since the  start  of  the  pandemic.  Germany’s  ex­ cess­death  rate  is  just  77  per 100,000.  For most of last year Germany fought covid­19 much better than most of Europe, although it has gone on to fluff the vaccination end­ game—leading  Bild,  a  tabloid  newspaper, to  declare  in  February:  “Liebe  Briten,  we beneiden you” (dear Britain, we envy you).

The Economist March 20th 2021

Strikingly, the countries that were at the top of the happiness chart before the pandemic remain there. The three highest­ ranking countries in 2020—Finland, Ice­ land and Denmark—were among the top four in 2017­19. All three have dealt well with covid­19, and have excess­death rates below 21 per 100,000. Iceland has a nega­ tive rate. It helps to be a remote island. The most intriguing suggestion in the World Happiness Report is that some links between covid­19 and happiness operate in both directions. The authors do not sug­ gest that happiness helps countries resist covid­19. Rather, they argue that one of the things that sustains national happiness al­ so makes places better at dealing with pan­ demics. That thing is trust. Polls by Gallup show that many of the places that have coped best with covid­19, such as the Nor­ dic countries and New Zealand, have wide­ spread faith in institutions and strangers. Large majorities of their inhabitants be­ lieve that a neighbour would return a wal­ let if they found it. Countries have failed to see off covid­19 for many obvious reasons. Some are poor; 2

Who’s up, who’s down Life evaluation, 10=happiest Europe Asia

Africa Oceania

North America Latin America

Happiness has fallen

Happiness has risen

8.0 Finland

Denmark

7.5

Iceland Sweden Britain

New Zealand United States

Germany

7.0 Taiwan

6.5

Mexico

Spain Japan

Brazil South Korea Colombia

6.0

China

5.5

Russia

5.0 South Africa

4.5 India

4.0 Tanzania

3.5 Zimbabwe

2017-19

2020

Source: World Happiness Report

2017-19

3.0 2020

others are poorly led. They lack recent ex­ perience with diseases such as sars. They cannot police their borders. But Jeffrey Sachs, an economist at Columbia Universi­ ty, suggests another reason: politicians and officials in many rich European and American countries decided they could not ask too much of the public. A combina­ tion of individualism and less­than­solid institutional trust meant they felt unable to insist on quarantines or mask­wearing until the situation grew desperate. People who don’t need people If that is right, it might help explain a broad regional change: the falling happiness of Latin America and the rising happiness of East Asia. Argentina, Brazil, Colombia and Mexico all became less happy in 2020; Chi­ na, Japan and Taiwan became happier, al­ though South Korea slipped a bit. It is as though Latin American countries had the wrong kind of happiness before 2020, says Mr Helliwell—a happiness sustained by people’s close social connections, not by high levels of social trust. A global poll in 2019 found that only 52% of people in Latin America and the Caribbean thought a neighbour would return a wallet; just 41% thought a cop would. That is the lowest share of any region. The pervasive lack of trust made it har­ der for Latin American countries to tackle covid­19 in a comprehensive way. People can and do keep their distance from each other, but that is emotionally tough in countries where people are normally so so­ ciable. Mexicans have been deprived of their leisurely Friday lunches and Sunday family gatherings (though some carry on anyway). “The pandemic has changed a lot,” laments Edmilson de Souza Santos, a builder in Barueri, a São Paulo suburb. “You have to stop living your life.” There remains a big national puzzle. America responded poorly to covid­19 and has suffered more than 500,000 excess deaths. Yet the Gallup poll detects a slight rise in Americans’ happiness level in 2020. A panel survey by the University of South­ ern California shows that mental stress and anxiety shot up in America last March and April, but then subsided. Two subse­ quent waves of infection and death ap­ peared not to disturb them further. Many American states have had rather lackadaisical lockdowns, at least for adults—for schoolchildren restrictions can seem unbending. That could have kept people’s spirits up. Abi Adams­Prassl of Ox­ ford University and other researchers found that the first wave of lockdowns, last spring, lowered women’s moods. It could also be that extreme partisanship helps. Many Americans have spent the past year in an alternate information universe in which covid­19 is just like flu. It is hard to get too worked up about fake news. n

Business

The Economist March 20th 2021

→ Also in this section 58 Eni trial acquittals 58 Baidu’s transport gamble 59 Bartleby: Introverts and extroverts 60 Leonardo Del Vecchio’s empire

61 Schumpeter: A 5G wake-up call

Japanese business

Analects and abacus

TO KYO

Japan’s system of stakeholder capitalism is stubbornly resistant to change

S

hibusawa eiichi is having a moment. A  19th­century  industrialist  known  as the  “father  of  Japanese  capitalism’”,  he helped found more than 500 firms, includ­ ing Japan’s first modern bank. His life story has been turned into a hit new drama on nhk, Japan’s national broadcaster, and his likeness will grace a new ¥10,000 bill. “The change  of  the  times  is  calling  him  back,” says  Shibusawa’s  great­great­grandson, Shibusawa Ken, who heads an asset man­ ager  in  Tokyo.  “There  is  a  rethink  about capitalism happening.”  Shibusawa’s business philosophy, “the Analects  and  the  abacus”,  is  in  vogue. Echoing  the 17th­century  Edo­era  precept of  sanpo-yoshi,  or  “three­way  good”— namely  for  buyers,  sellers  and  society— Shibusawa  fused  Confucianism’s  collecti­ vist  morality  with  market  logic.  Business should,  Shibusawa  believed,  pursue  pri­ vate gain but in a way that benefits the pub­ lic. If this sounds familiar, it is because “it is  exactly  stakeholder  capitalism”,  says Mimura Akio, head of the Japan Chamber of  Commerce  and  Industry  (jcci),  a  busi­ ness federation founded by Shibusawa.

The  idea  that  companies  should  be guided  by  a  social  purpose  and  serve  a broader  range  of  interests  beyond  maxi­ mising shareholder returns is gaining ad­ herents  across  the  rich  world.  Japan  is  a rare big economy to have tried it at scale. It has become a rich country with low unem­ ployment,  comparatively  little  inequality and  high  social  cohesion.  But  the  system has also fostered corporate decadence and low growth. It is a case study of the trade­ offs involved—and how they are changing. At  Keidanren,  Japan’s  big  business  lobby, “no  one  denies”  that  corporations should create  value  beyond  pure  profit,  says  the group’s  chairman,  Nakanishi  Hiroaki.  In­ stead, the discussion is about “how to de­ fine”  those  broader,  fuzzier  values  for  to­ day’s more complex society.  Japanese executives are no more cultur­ ally predisposed to be cuddly than Ameri­ can ones are to be prickly. Before the sec­ ond  world  war  the  economy  saw  brutal merger­and­acquisition activity, brittle la­ bour relations and dispersed ownership. It was  only  afterwards  that  corporate  Japan started to rediscover its inner Shibusawa.

Industrial  policy  supported  businesses, while the private sector became part of the safety  net,  offering  job  security,  often  for life. A high­quality, stable labour force and strong  ties  with  suppliers  proved  a  suc­ cessful mix in manufacturing, and enabled Japan’s economy to catch up with Western ones.  “The  workers  wouldn’t  strike  and employers wouldn’t fire, and it worked out pretty well for everyone,” says Steven Vogel of the University of California, Berkeley. Firms  still  maintain  long­term  rela­ tions with suppliers and customers even if this does not obviously benefit the bottom line. Boards and executive suites are dom­ inated  by  long­time  company  insiders, who  act  less  as  representatives  of  share­ holders  than  as  heads  of  a  family.  Net­ works  of  cross­shareholdings,  whereby friendly  firms  hold  stakes  in  each  other, help shield them from outside pressure.  This  social  contract  can  be  a  blessing when  crisis  strikes.  During  the  pandemic Japan’s unemployment rate peaked at 3.1%, in  part  a  function  of  a  shrinking  labour force, but also of employers’ loyalty to core workers. ceos are paid far less than peers in  the  West.  That  may  have  helped  Japan avoid  the  destructive  populism  that  has arisen in America and other Western coun­ tries, thinks Hori Yoshito, founder of globis, a business school in Tokyo. The  old  system’s  drawbacks  have  also become more apparent. As Japan’s growth began  to  slow  in  the 1990s,  the  price  was paid  by  a  growing  precariat.  Firms  reluc­ tant to let full­time workers go have been

55

56

Business

The Economist March 20th 2021

hiring more people on short­term con­ tracts with few of the protections afforded to salarymen. The share of “non­regular” workers has grown from 20% in 1990 to nearly 40% today. They are more likely to be young and female. A lack of accountability has let execu­ tives grow complacent. Since the 1980s the influence of banks, which imposed disci­ pline and oversight on management by controlling access to capital, has steadily waned. More capital now comes from for­ eign and institutional investors who have few ways of holding management to ac­ count. Instead of reinvesting profits or re­ turning money to shareholders, managers hoard cash, ostensibly for a rainy day (see chart). If Shibusawa were alive he would be urging Japanese bosses “to take more risk”, says the younger Mr Shibusawa. Japan needs a dynamic private sector to compensate for its shrinking and ageing workforce. Realising this, Abe Shinzo, prime minister from 2012 to 2020, made corporate governance central to his eco­ nomic reforms. A stewardship code intro­ duced in 2014 encouraged institutional in­ vestors to push executives to improve re­ turns. A corporate­governance code imple­ mented the following year pressed firms to bring in more outside directors to shake up boards. “In the us the issue is constraining the risk appetite of the ceos,” explains a se­ nior government official. “In Japan it’s

poking the risk­averse ceos”. The reforms have had some effect. Over 95% of firms listed in the first section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange, a grouping of mostly large firms, now have two or more independent directors, up from 22% in 2014. The share with nomination and com­ pensation committees, which advise on selecting and paying directors and execu­ tives, has gone from less than one in five in 2015 to three in five today. As a result, boss­ es pay more attention to financial per­ formance and shareholder demands. Re­ turns and cost of equity are “very much on their minds”, says Arthur Mitchell, a long­ standing outside director. Although they remain stingier than their American coun­ terparts when it comes to shareholder payouts, they are less so than before. Return on equity for the msci Japan in­ dex reached over 10% in 2018 for the first time since before the global financial cri­ sis. But other measures of profitability, such as return on assets, have not budged. Mostly, the disparity between top perform­ ers and stragglers has grown wider, says Nicholas Benes, who helped draft the gov­ ernance code: “It’s a stock picker’s market”. Merger and acquisition activity has ramped up, too. Legal poison pills against takeovers have become rarer: just 10% of listed firms had them in 2020, down from nearly 25% a decade earlier. Unsolicited of­ fers for rivals are no longer taboo, notes Ni­

Land of the rising stakeholder Japan Cash and equivalents

Mergers and acquisitions

Held by listed companies, ¥trn

Number of deals, ’000 600

4 3

400

2

200

1 0 0

2012 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21* Financial years ending March

1988

Return on equity

Independent outside directors‡

%

95

2000

05

10

15

% of large companies, by number of directors 20 MSCI World†

None

One

Two

Three or more 100

15

80

10

60

5

MSCI Japan 1975 80

20

90

2000

10

40

0

20

-5

0

19

Sources: Institute for Mergers, Acquisitions and Alliances; Bloomberg; Morgan Stanley; Japan Association of Corporate Directors

2010 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 *To December 31st 2020 †Developed countries ‡At August 1st

inami Takeshi, boss of Suntory, a drinks behemoth, and government adviser. Japan saw five hostile bids in 2019—few by Amer­ ican standards, but the most in Japan since 2006. Some have succeeded, such as the purchase last year by Nitori, a home­goods chain, of Shimachu, a smaller rival. Steps in the right direction This month Japan’s Financial Services Agency is expected to toughen the govern­ ance code further, such as by demanding that firms bring in more and better outside directors. The Tokyo Stock Exchange is fi­ nalising plans to streamline its listings with membership of the top tier perhaps contingent on better governance. Share­ holders have become more vocal. iss, a firm which advises investors on sharehol­ der votes, now suggests voting against di­ rectors of companies with 20% or more of their net assets in cross­shareholdings. At an extraordinary general meeting this week, shareholders of Toshiba, a conglom­ erate, gave the go­ahead for an independ­ ent investigation called for by an activist fund. It suspects the firm’s management pressured investors to protect the ceo at last year’s annual shareholders meeting. Yet shareholders remain one voice among many—and still not a terribly loud one. Independent directors are in the ma­ jority on the board of only 6% of large list­ ed firms. Before covid­19 hit, more than half of companies in the Topix index still had a net cash position, compared with just 14% of the firms in America’s s&p 500 index. Lifers still dominate. More than 90% of top managers at big listed firms are internal promotions, reckons Miyajima Hideaki of Waseda University. Cross­sha­ reholdings still account for 32% of Japan’s market capitalisation, according to Mor­ gan Stanley, an investment bank. That means that in many cases, “management is not really worried about the voice of the shareholders,” laments Murakami Aya, the ceo of c&i Holdings, an activist investor. “In Japan, the traditional influence of workers and suppliers is not going any­ where,” says Mr Mimura of the jcci. Japan has long been evolving a “hybrid form of governance” that seeks to balance share­ holders’ focus on performance and man­ agement’s concern for stakeholders, ar­ gues Mr Miyajima. Meanwhile, the list of stakeholders that companies must consid­ er is lengthening. Many investors, particu­ larly foreign ones, are pushing firms to pay more attention to things like the environ­ ment and diversity, which Japan Inc has traditionally ignored. Gender equality is preached increasingly often, but still rarely practised. Women occupy just 15% of man­ agerial positions and 11% of board seats. Expectations about career paths are in flux. For some young Japanese, being treat­ ed well no longer means eternal job stabil­

You don’t need to be a helioseismologist to help harness the power of the sun. Help power your portfolio with the innovators of the Nasdaq-100.

NOT FDIC INSURED | MAY LOSE VALUE | NO BANK GUARANTEE There are risks involved with investing in ETFs, including possible loss of money. ETFs are subject to risks similar to those of stocks. Investments focused in a particular sector, such as technology, are subject to greater risk, and are more greatly impacted by market volatility, than more diversified investments. The Nasdaq-100 Index comprises the 100 largest non-financial companies traded on the Nasdaq. An investment cannot be made directly into an index.

Before investing, consider the Fund’s investment objectives, risks, charges and expenses. Visit invesco.com/fundprospectus for a prospectus containing this information. Read it carefully before investing. Invesco Distributors, Inc.

58

Business

ity. They want better pay, flexible work conditions and less monotonous jobs. Kei­ danren, Japan’s business lobby, has recom­ mended that its members move away from lifetime employment and towards merit­ based promotion and compensation. Workers’ contributions should no longer be measured by the hours they put in, but by the value they add, says Mr Nakanishi, who has pushed the practice at Hitachi, the electronics conglomerate he heads. In many ways, says Mr Mimura, Japa­ nese and American capitalism appear to be moving toward each other. “America needs more stakeholderism. Japan needs more shareholderism,” observes Takenaka Hei­ zo, a former government minister. As Mr Shibusawa points out, his forefather’s idea was “the analects and the abacus, not the Analects or the abacus”. n

Eni trial

Free to go Acquittal for Eni’s ceo and others accused in an oily bribery case

A

s first an engineer and later an execu­ tive climbing the ranks of Eni, Claudio Descalzi (pictured above) worked in diffi­ cult  environments,  from  Libya  to  the  Re­ public of Congo. However, the most inhos­ pitable  terrain  he  has  had  to  navigate  as chief executive of the Italian oil giant was in a Milan courtroom—as a defendant in a mammoth corruption trial related to a Ni­ gerian  oil  deal.  On  March 17th  the  ordeal ended  with  the  acquittal  of  the  man  who has  led  the  Italian  energy  firm  for  seven years. Had Mr Descalzi been convicted, he could have faced eight years in jail.  All  the  other  defendants  were  also found not guilty. Among them were Eni it­ self,  its  partner  in  the  deal,  Royal  Dutch

The Economist March 20th 2021

Shell, several of the firms’ current and for­ mer executives, and a former Nigerian oil minister.  Prosecutors  must  now  decide whether to appeal against what was proba­ bly the most important corruption­related verdict in the history of the oil industry. The case concerned a $1.3bn deal struck in  2011,  in  which  Eni  and  Shell  jointly bought the rights to exploit a big oil block, known as opl 245, off Nigeria’s coast. Pros­ ecutors had alleged that the purchase was sealed with hundreds of millions of dollars of  bribes  for  Nigerian  officials.  They  also accused some Eni managers of seeking and possibly receiving kickbacks. Two  middlemen  were  convicted  for corruption  related  to  the  transaction  in  a separate Italian trial in 2018. The judge in that case concluded that the block’s buyers must have known that a large part of their payment would go to a firm controlled by the  former  oil  minister  that  previously owned the rights to exploit it. But Eni, Shell and  the  accused  executives  consistently denied paying bribes or taking bungs, and insisted  their  deal,  structured  as  a  pur­ chase from the government, was legal. Should  the  prosecutors  appeal,  a  final decision  could  be  years  away.  The  case  is already three years old. Elsewhere, too, this is not the end of the story. Subsidiaries of Eni  and  Shell  face  charges  in  Nigeria, which they deny. Its government said after the verdict it was disappointed and would “continue to hold those responsible for the opl 245 fraud accountable”. Shell disclosed in 2019 that Dutch prosecutors were ready­ ing  criminal  charges.  None  has  been  laid yet but investigations continue. Eni, meanwhile, is part of an investiga­ tion in one of the case’s more bizarre sub­ plots.  In  2019  a  Sicilian  prosecutor  and  a former  external  lawyer  for  Eni  were  both jailed.  The  prosecutor  was  found  to  have accepted €30,000 ($36,000) to open an in­ vestigation, and the lawyer to have fed him false  information  to  fuel  it.  The  informa­ tion included details of an alleged plot to destabilise Eni, supposedly involving two board  members  who  had  questioned  the company’s response to the opl 245­related corruption allegations. Eni has disclosed it is under investigation for “inducement not to make statements or to make false state­ ments to the judicial authority”. The Italian press  has  reported  that  Mr  Descalzi  has been named as a suspect in a related inves­ tigation into attempts to interfere with the opl 245 case. Eni says this is false, that Mr Descalzi is not a suspect and that the firm is “an offended party” in the case.  Whatever  Eni’s  continuing  legal  tra­ vails, this verdict lifts a cloud that has been hanging over its boss for years. The Italian government, which owns 30% of the firm’s stock, did not wait for the ruling to show its confidence in him: last year it reappointed him for a third term, which runs to 2023. n

Baidu

Searching for the next big thing BE IJING

China’s biggest search engine turns to personal transport to drive profits

R

obin li smiled when asked at a corpo­ rate  shindig  in  2014  to  reflect  on  his path to becoming, at the time, China’s rich­ est man. “I’m just lucky,” he insisted. Mr Li, co­founder  and  boss  of  Baidu,  a  Beijing­ based search engine, may have been trying to project modesty. But his words could al­ so have been taken literally. Thanks to gov­ ernment  censorship,  Google  is  inaccessi­ ble  in  mainland  China.  That  leaves  Baidu as the unrivalled leader in Chinese search. Slowing  advertising  revenues,  however, are now taking it down a different road. Baidu’s search dominance is indisputa­ ble. Its average of 538m monthly active us­ ers last year was nearly six times the com­ bined  total  of  the  next  three  domestic  ri­ vals.  Baidu’s  share  price  has  tripled  in  a year,  taking  its  market  capitalisation  to $93bn. Riding this wave of investor enthu­ siasm, it has filed for a secondary listing in Hong  Kong,  with  trading  set  to  begin  on March  23rd.  The  firm  is  expected  to  raise around $4bn. But the steep rise in Baidu’s valuation  might  seem  unwarranted.  Ad­ vertising, the main source of revenue, has suffered  as  the  pandemic  forced  Chinese businesses  to  cut  marketing  budgets.  Ad­ verts  on  Baidu’s  main  search  service brought  in  66.3bn  yuan  ($9.6bn)  in  2020, 5% less than the year before. Even  as  China’s  economy  recovers  ad­ vertising  is  unlikely  to  propel  Baidu’s growth  as  powerfully  as  before.  In  recent years the supply of digital ad space in Chi­ na has multiplied, depressing prices. Busi­ nesses  can  now  choose  from  an  array  of platforms on which to hawk their wares—

Picturing the future

The Economist March 20th 2021

from addictive video apps like Kuaishou to e­commerce upstarts like Pinduoduo. Baidu’s  bosses  appear  to  recognise  as much. The firm is rapidly diversifying. Last November it agreed to buy yy Live, a video­ sharing and live­streaming app, for $3.6bn, in a bid to boost its presence in online en­ tertainment and compete with the likes of Kuaishou.  Baidu  is  also  investing  heavily in cloud services to keep up with Alibaba and  Tencent,  two  bigger  Chinese  tech  ri­ vals. But arguably the boldest push is what the company calls “intelligent driving”. This  business  contributes  hardly  any

Business

revenues today but holds “huge long­term monetisation potential”, according to Bai­ du’s  new  prospectus.  The  business  has three prongs. The first is the establishment of a nationwide fleet of robotaxis powered by  Apollo,  Baidu’s  in­house  self­driving technology.  The  firm  is  already  operating self­driving  taxis  in  three  Chinese  cities, including  part  of  Beijing.   Rides  are  cur­ rently free but Baidu hints that it may soon start  charging.  It  has  international  ambi­ tions,  too.  In  January  it  received  permis­ sion to test self­driving cars in California. Baidu also plans to mass­produce elec­

tric  vehicles  (evs).  In  January  it  formed  a new venture with Geely, a Chinese carmak­ er,  to  bring  to  market  “intelligent”  (if  not fully autonomous) evs within three years. By  2035  China’s  government  wants  every other  new  car  sold  to  be  an  ev.  The  third prong allows Baidu to earn immediate rev­ enues  by  selling  services  to  Chinese  car­ makers, such as high­definition maps and automated­parking  technology,  which  it has  already  sold  to  ten  firms. Baidu  is  al­ ready a late entrant to China’s crowded per­ sonal­mobility industry. For now, at least, investors are on for the ride. n

Bartleby Winning personality The divide between introverts and extroverts

T

he modern manager has to play the role of coach in charge of their team. And that requires an understanding of the different personality types they may be managing, and indeed the role their own personality may play in the way they manage. Karl Moore, an associate professor at McGill University in Canada, has written two recent articles on the role of differ­ ent personality types in business. One of the most common divides is between introverts and extroverts. Mr Moore estimates that around 40% of the pop­ ulation are introverts, 40% are extroverts and 20% are “ambiverts” who can display both characteristics.  It is easy to assume that the extroverts are most likely to go far in business. An academic study* found that extroverts were 25% more likely to be in a high­ earning job than those who were less outgoing. The chain of causation is not clear. It is possible that working in a high­paid job makes people more confi­ dent and outgoing, although personality traits tend to develop early in life. The study also found that the children of professionals were more likely to be extrovert. It could simply be that chil­ dren who grow up in more prosperous homes are less likely to face the kind of stressful events that undermine self­ confidence. People with higher self­ confidence may apply for more presti­ gious jobs and may be more likely to believe that their efforts will be reward­ ed; those with a negative self­image may feel it is not worth trying too hard.  So introverts should not give up hope of climbing the greasy pole. A study in 2017 found that introverts were slightly more likely than extroverts to surpass the expectations of boards and investors when appointed as chief executive.

Ambiverts can be good salespeople because they are able to listen to their clients and understand their needs but also have the energy to sell their firms’ goods and services. Mr Moore thinks that successful executives have to become ambiverts at times in order to succeed. Introverts must try to show enthusiasm, or make a stirring speech, when the sit­ uation calls for it. And extroverts need to shut up and listen to their teams—not least because when the boss speaks first, subordinates will be reluctant to disagree.  Bartleby (who is an introvert but doesn’t like to talk about it much) thinks that the key is not to be too far out on the scale in either direction. An extreme introvert risks seeming too remote to manage a team, and may lack the ability to inspire. But an extreme extrovert can simply overwhelm the business, with other managers unable to constrain them. Perhaps becoming an entrepreneur, or founding a successful firm, requires a significant degree of self­confidence but nobody can get every decision right, and there comes a time when a founder needs

the expertise of other people. By the same token, managers need to think about the different personality types when conducting meetings. It is easy for meetings to be dominated by extroverts, who have a tendency to speak the loudest and most often. Introverts may never contribute to the discussion. In his book, “Running Meetings That Make Things Happen”, Jon Baker says that one answer is to circulate materials well in advance. Introverts, he writes, “don’t debate something as effectively if they’re still learning about it. If you want the views of the more detail­conscious members in your team, give them time to absorb the information.”  Mr Baker also suggests that managers should encourage introverts to contrib­ ute to the discussion by asking specific questions of them in their area of ex­ pertise. Another approach is to ask peo­ ple to write down their ideas rather than contribute verbally. In theory, this ap­ proach should improve the quality of the discussion; after all, if the views of the introverts aren’t valuable, why have they been invited to the meeting? What makes life tricky for managers is that people don’t have labels on their foreheads stating which kind of person­ ality type they are. Sometimes people make it obvious (like the old joke “How do you tell if people went to Harvard?” “They’ll soon tell you”). But that means managers have to spend time chatting to, and observing, their team members before deciding how best to get them motivated and inspired. Managers need to be less like Henry Ford, and more like Sigmund Freud.

.............................................................. * “A winning personality: The effects of background on personality and earnings”, by Robert de Vries and Jason Rentfrow

59

60

Business

The Economist March 20th 2021

Leonardo Del Vecchio

2025 vision

MILAN

What Italy’s richest tycoon plans for his late 80s

M

ost octogenarians would, given the opportunity, rush to the sun loun­ ger in Monaco. It was widely assumed that Leonardo Del Vecchio, Italy’s richest man, would do just that. He turns 86 in May and some years ago moved his principal resi­ dence to the principality. His four marriag­ es and six offspring have produced a gaggle of grandchildren to play with. On March 12th his corporate baby, EssilorLuxottica, reported a strong rebound in sales of the posh spectacles it makes in the second half of 2020. Its market capitalisation is once again above €60bn ($72bn) and near the all­time high it reached in early 2020, be­ fore the pandemic dented demand for pri­ cey accessories. What better time to slip on a pair of Ray­Bans (which his firm pro­ duces) and bask by the pool? Mr Del Vecchio’s idea of la dolce vita, it appears, is rather less passive. It is also am­ bitious—and not just with respect to his company, over which he maintains an iron grip and which he wants to thrust into the digital age. As a supplemental senior activ­ ity,  the  tycoon  is  also  trying  to  shake  up Italian high finance.  Mr Del Vecchio is certainly not short of the  audacity  and  grit  required  to  pull  off both  endeavours.  He  spent  part  of  his childhood  in  an  orphanage  because  his widowed mother could not afford to feed him,  and  built  Luxottica  from  a  shack  in Italy’s Dolomite mountains into a global ti­ tan.  Although  he  speaks  no  English,  he chose to list his firm in New York, to gain access  to  America’s  deep  capital  markets, brands such as Ray­Ban and Oakley, as well as a place to sell them (Sunglass Hut, which Luxottica  bought  in  2001).  Instead  of  tak­ ing it easy at 80, he returned to the compa­ ny  in  2014  after  a  decade­long  hiatus  to mastermind the merger with Essilor, a gi­ ant French lensmaker, and its move from the New York and Milan bourses to Paris. Now, after what he told the Italian press on March 6th were three “intense years” of getting to know Essilor’s management, the billionaire’s  grip  on  the  company  has  be­ come  stronger  than  ever.  In  February  he put forward a list of new nominees to the company’s  board.  It  would  install  a  close aide, Francesco Milleri, as chief executive and prominent Italians handpicked by Mr Del Vecchio as independent directors. The tycoon  himself  would  remain  as  chair­ man.  Hubert  Sagnières,  his  deputy  who

Seeing the big picture

had previously chaired Essilor’s  board, would retire, marking the end of a turf bat­ tle  the  Frenchman  had  waged  against  Mr Del  Vecchio.  The  slate  must  still  be  ap­ proved  by  shareholders  at  the  company’s annual meeting in May. With Mr Del Vec­ chio’s  family  holding  company,  Delfin, owning  32%  of  the  shares,  the  outcome looks preordained.  So does doubling down on Mr Del Vec­ chio’s  bet  on  technology.  During  the  co­ vid­19  pandemic  EssilorLuxottica  has  be­ gun  building  a  new  e­commerce  hub  in Sedico, a town in the foothills of the Dolo­ mites, next to a factory that churns out its frames and lenses. Its direct online sales to consumers, which one former eyewear ex­ ecutive calls “the last big margin”, grew by 40% in 2020, to €1.2bn. This year the company plans to launch smart  Ray­Bans,  developed  together  with Facebook. These  connected  specs,  which display  information  about  the  outside world  to  the  wearer,  promise  to  be  both smarter  and  more  stylish  than  Google Glass, an earlier collaboration with Silicon Valley from which Luxottica walked away after  Mr  Del  Vecchio  declared  :  “it  would embarrass  me  going  around  with  that  on my face”.  Although  Mr  Milleri’s  nomination  as ceo raised eyebrows given his lack of expe­ rience in consumer goods, his previous job

running  his  own  management  and  infor­ mation­technology  consultancy  makes him a reasonable choice to lead the compa­ ny. Thanks to his closeness to Mr Del Vec­ chio,  he  is  said  to  know  the  company  in­ side out. Most important, he has the foun­ der’s full confidence. That is critical given that  the  elderly  tycoon  is  not  going  any­ where. Trim and upright, he could pass for someone  20  years  younger.  Managers  re­ call that the first question Mr Del Vecchio asks  on  his  regular  visits  to  the  factory floor is, “What do you have to show me that is new?” As if thrusting his empire into the digi­ tal  age  were  not  challenging  enough,  Mr Del Vecchio’s side hustle may be more am­ bitious  still.  In  the  past  few  years  he  has been preparing the ground for a shake­up of  Italian  high  finance.  He  has,  through Delfin, long owned a stake of around 4.8% in  Generali,  Italy’s  biggest  insurer,  and nearly 2% of UniCredit, its biggest bank. In the past year his holding company has also built a 13% stake in Mediobanca, becoming the single largest shareholder in the Italian investment bank (which in turn owns 13% of Generali’s shares). Europe’s banking reg­ ulator has given Mr Del Vecchio approval to increase  his  ownership  of  Mediobanca  to nearly 20%.  Mr  Del  Vecchio’s  interest  in  Generali can  in  part  be  explained  by  the  growing role  that  insurers  will  play  in  paying  for glasses as ageing populations’ eyesight de­ teriorates. Milan’s financial­rumour mill is rife with chatter about the shareholder val­ ue that might be generated if Mediobanca spun off its Generali stake, or if either the investment  bank  or  UniCredit  merged with  the  insurer.  Mr  Del  Vecchio  himself has said that Delfin’s Mediobanca stake is a long­term investment and that he does not intend to gain control of the firm or sway its management. One person close to him says  that  his  plans  will  become  clearer when  his  stake  does  rise  closer  to  20%. Others familiar with his thinking say that he is genuinely concerned about the fate of corporate Italy and would like his legacy to extend beyond EssilorLuxottica.  Focus on the future And what of the fate of his company once he has departed? A succession plan in case of  his  death  or  incapacitation  has  been agreed  with  his  six  children  and  his  cur­ rent  wife.  This  ensures  that  each  child would  each  inherit  a  12.5%  stake  in  the family holding company, with Mrs Del Vec­ chio  getting  25%.  All  must  agree  to  any strategic  changes  to  Delfin’s  holdings— and  so,  by  extension,  to  EssilorLuxottica. The need for consensus may make the sort of  transformational  deals  Mr  Del  Vecchio has pursued harder to pull off. No wonder the tycoon is trying to make more of them while he still can. n

The Economist March 20th 2021

Business

Schumpeter America’s 5G shock

Verizon and at&t face a blaring wake-up call

F

or an upbeat commentary  on  America’s  telecoms  market speak to Jonathan Chaplin of New Street Research, a boutique firm of financial analysts. He extols the virtues of the industry, at least compared with its “boring as hell” European counterpart. He relishes  the  returns  and  cash  that  it  generates,  much  of  which come pouring out in the form of dividends. Yet for a more sober assessment, you can also listen to the four­week­old baby nestled in Mr Chaplin’s arms. As the conversation with his father starts, Eiger (“after the mountain”) is restless and vocal. By the time the conversation turns to Verizon and at&t, the industry’s two lum­ bering behemoths, the boy is soundly asleep. The two firms have long had that effect on people—and on each other. For companies at what is supposed to be the beating heart of the wireless revolution, “dumb and dumber”, as the former boss of t­Mobile,  their  bitter  rival,  mockingly  dubbed  them,  make  a snooze­inducing pair.  That is why their huge bets on superfast 5g spectrum in a re­ cent auction ($52.9bn by Verizon, and $27.4bn by at&t) has gener­ ated a lot of buzz. The c­Band radio frequencies they bought, clus­ tered between 3­4ghz, offer mobile connectivity about ten times quicker than 4g. The auction has turned America’s “race for 5g” from  sloganeering  into  the  real  thing.  Yet  for  all  their  money­ slinging, neither firm appears able to stem the advance of t­Mo­ bile. Moreover, they remain at risk of more profound disruption, both from scrappy new competitors and big tech.  Their complacency was on display as all three companies un­ veiled their 5g strategies on consecutive days from March 10th to 12th. The  body language was as revealing as the prepared remarks. Hans Vestburg, the Swedish boss of Verizon, wore a double­breast­ ed suit as if to reiterate that his firm remains the industry’s pro­ business,  high­margin  crème de la crème,  claiming  he  was “thrilled” to have come out on top in the richest auction in the in­ dustry’s history. at&t’s dressed­down John Stankey took a more subdued  approach,  appearing  less  excited  about  5g than  his growth plans for hbo Max, the firm’s streaming service on which he has staked most of his future. Mike Sievert, boss of t­Mobile, who took over from lion­maned John Legere last year, displayed some of his predecessor’s cocki­

ness, albeit behind a Tigger­like grin. Yet he has earned it. Thanks to  2.5ghz  radio­frequency  spectrum  obtained  from  t­Mobile’s merger with Sprint last year, as well as a small chunk acquired in the c­Band auction, the company will have substantially greater 5g coverage than both Verizon and at&t, and may be up to two years ahead of them in deploying it to vast numbers of customers. As Mr Chaplin says, the advantage t­Mobile enjoys in the 5g era may be akin to that which Verizon and at&t had through previous wireless iterations up to and including 4g. He expects it to last for at least the next five years. t­Mobile has been one of the great turnaround stories in Amer­ ican business and again it has upgraded its forecasts. Though it borrowed  aggressively  to  acquire  Sprint,  it  claims  that  higher­ than­expected cost savings from the combination will help it fund its 5g expansion plans, as well as enabling it to return up to $60bn to shareholders in 2023­25. Verizon and at&t have less flexibility. The c­Band auction has increased balance­sheet strains on both firms  (making  them,  ignominiously,  America’s  two  biggest  bor­ rowers in the corporate­bond market), while their hefty dividends provide further drag. Between them they need to spend an extra $16bn­18bn to deploy the spectrum they acquired at auction. at&t in particular appears to be constrained in its 5g ambitions unless it can flog more of its WarnerMedia assets—or cut the dividend. Further breathing down their necks is Dish, a satellite provider that promises to build a new 5g network from scratch in America starting this year. It will deploy Openran technology, a non­pro­ prietary architecture that combines off­the­shelf telecoms hard­ ware  with  lots  of  computer  code,  enabling  a  do­it­yourself  ap­ proach. It will cost at least $10bn, part of which Dish saved by sit­ ting out the c­Band auction. But Mr Chaplin reckons that once its network  is  built,  it  will  cost  substantially  less  to  operate  than those of Verizon and at&t, eventually giving it an opportunity to undercut them. He calls this the “Dish bomb”. It is still years away. But it is coming.  When  it  explodes,  neither  Verizon  nor  at&t will  be  able  to claim that they have been caught unawares. For years, the firms have talked about the seismic implications of 5g, though mostly as a marketing ploy to disguise their own declining growth, rather than as an urgent call to action. Some sceptics still doubt that cus­ tomers want the high speeds that it offers. But they are fewer in number these days. The covid­19 pandemic has highlighted how vital connectivity has become in everything from working from home to home­schooling, downloading and uploading videos and shopping.  This extends to wireless communication.  Up the North Face But it is businesses, rather than consumers, where the excitement is most immediately palpable. Besides the potential of 5g for tele­ surgery, self­driving cars, robotics and so on, other uses of artifi­ cial  intelligence—video  surveillance  employing  facial  recogni­ tion,  for  instance—require  instantaneous  data  processing.  For this, companies will need local data centres connected via super­ fast 5g as well as remote clouds for storing data. Verizon and at&t, whose  corporate  relationships  remain  important  parts  of  their businesses, realise this. But so do cloud providers like Amazon, Microsoft and Google, who are not keen to cede control of the data­ handling business. If these tech giants muscle into telecoms, the race for 5g may quickly become supersonic. By then, a less­little Eiger will no doubt find it scintillating. Whether Verizon and at&t will relish the experience is another matter. n

61

The Jab Your weekly shot of coronavirus analysis

Our new podcast series unlocks the science and politics of worldwide covid inoculation.

Listen now

Listen to the latest developments in the world’s most ambitious inoculation programme. Co-hosts Alok Jha, The Economist’s science correspondent, and Natasha Loder, health-policy editor, will be joined by scientists and data experts from around the world. You will gain unparalleled insight into the global effort to overcome the pandemic as it enters its most crucial phase.

Sponsored by

Finance & economics

The Economist March 20th 2021

→ Also in this section 66 Excess cash on Wall Street 68 Digital art heats up 68 Economics teaching—a refresher 69 Buttonwood: The Draghi effect

70 Free exchange: Trust and markets

China’s financial opening

Over the great wall

HO NG KO NG AND SHANGHAI

Chinese markets shake off their casino reputation. Can foreigners actually win?

I

n a world where  internet  memes  can explain market swings, China is second to none. Early in March, with mainland eq­ uities  down  by  15%  in  two  weeks—their steepest fall in years—a video circulated on Weibo,  a  microblogging  site,  of  a  sheep stuck in a fence on a hill and a hiker climb­ ing up to free it. The description of the vid­ eo, in its meme incarnation, was “the na­ tional team comes to rescue me”. The na­ tional team is shorthand for big state firms that are believed to stabilise the market by buying shares when they plunge.  This video, though, had a twist. The hik­ er  frees  the  sheep,  only  for  it  to  lose  its footing and tumble down the hill. Talk of the  national  team’s  rescue  mission  had spread for a few days, but equities contin­ ued to tumble, wiping out all gains made since late last year. At last, on March 9th, the national team really did arrive. State media reported that large  state­owned  insurers  had  bought stocks. Coincidentally or not, that herald­ ed the market bottom. For casual observers of Chinese finance it all fit a familiar pat­ tern: stocks careening from boom to bust,

propelled by day traders and rumours, and the government eventually restoring calm. But to those inside the market, the story was in fact more novel. The decline in Chi­ nese shares neatly paralleled the decline in the nasdaq, America’s tech­heavy stock index. Guan Qingyou, a prominent Chi­ nese economist, argued that the underly­ ing trigger was nervousness about infla­ A bigger slice $trn China*

United States

Stockmarket capitalisation

2000

10

Rest of world

Bonds outstanding

20

120

120

90

90

60

60

30

30

0

0 2000

Sources: World Federation of Exchanges; Bank for International Settlements

10

20 *Including Hong Kong

tion in America. A resulting jump in Amer­ ican bond yields had sparked risk aversion globally and hit China hard. Foreign inves­ tors, who had helped fuel China’s equity rally last year, retreated. Reacting to the same signals, big domestic fund managers also rushed to pare their holdings. The sell­off, in other words, furnished evidence about two important areas of pro­ gress in China’s capital markets: they are both more professional and more interwo­ ven with global finance than before. At the same time, incessant talk about the na­ tional team was a reminder of the idiosyn­ crasies of finance in a state­dominated economy—idiosyncrasies that matter ever more to the rest of the world. Just five years ago no analysis of finance in China was complete without a detailed look at shadow banking. Formal banks were too strictly controlled to satisfy bor­ rowing needs in the fast­growing econo­ my. Stock and bond markets were underde­ veloped. So between the cracks, lightly reg­ ulated institutions cropped up, willing to lend to anyone with collateral—especially property developers and miners. Banks, despite their conservative exte­ rior, had a big hand in shadow financing. They got around caps on deposit rates by funnelling savings into opaque “wealth­ management products”, a chunk of which flowed through the shadow firms. Some of these products offered yields of over 10%. Yet they enjoyed informal guarantees from the state­owned banks, making investors think that they were as safe as deposits.

63

64

Finance & economics

The Economist March 20th 2021

The shadow­banking industry grew to 28.5% of banks’ total assets in 2016. Around that time a series of messy de­ faults alerted regulators to the dangers. They began a campaign to unwind the shadow financing. They forced trust com­ panies to hold more capital. They stopped banks from offering guarantees on wealth products. And they opened the door to a new professional fund industry, pressing banks to launch formal wealth­manage­ ment subsidiaries, rather like asset­man­ agement groups in developed markets. Banks are barred from investing in eq­ uities but the new divisions face no such rules. They cannot, however, offer guaran­ tees. Contracts specify that in a downturn investors will face losses. Some banks’ wealth units manage their own funds; oth­ ers team up with outside managers. Much of the money flows into the stockmarket. The ubiquity of mobile payments has given ordinary people another route to funds. With a few taps users of Alipay or WeChat Pay can choose from hundreds of products. China’s 100m or so retail punters have long believed that they can beat pro­ fessional investors. But that sentiment has shifted over the past two years and many are now buying into mutual funds at re­ cord pace, says Desiree Wang of JPMorgan Asset Management. Much as retail inves­ tors have been vocal on social media about the performance of individual stocks, they now debate, laud and criticise the perform­ ance of the country’s top fund managers. Funds are also becoming more sophis­ ticated. Since the global financial crisis a stream of Chinese nationals has returned to Hong Kong and Shanghai from London and New York, bringing a new set of skills, says Louis Luo of Aberdeen Standard In­ vestments, an asset manager. Funds once limited to plain­vanilla active manage­ ment have brought in specialists to launch quantitative and absolute­return funds. These trends have been magnified at China’s big mutual funds. Three of the largest mutual­fund companies—China Asset Management, e­Fund and Southern Light and shadows China, assets under management Yuan, trn 30 25 Trust firms

20 15 10 Mutual funds

5 0

2010

12

Source: Wind

14

16

18

20

Asset Management—have each surpassed 1trn yuan in assets under management. The rate of growth at mutual funds and at the banks’ wealth­management arms is projected to take professionally managed assets in China from around 96trn yuan ($14.7trn) in 2020 to 244trn yuan in 2029, or near the current size of the asset­man­ agement industry in America. Part of that is a hedge­fund industry with Chinese characteristics. Regulators forbid the short­selling of individual stocks. But scores of big investment man­ agers have emerged, with portfolios that encompass global and domestic assets as well as private and public markets. Oper­ ations at China’s hedge funds are increas­ ingly similar to those in global financial centres, says Gokul Laroia of Morgan Stan­ ley, a bank. The biggest is Hillhouse Capital Management, run by Zhang Lei, with about $70bn under management. Some are based offshore with a focus on China like Hima­ laya Capital, run in Seattle by Li Lu, once seen as a potential successor to Warren Buffett. Investors in China pay close atten­ tion to their decisions. When it was re­ vealed last year that Mr Li had upped his stake in Postal Savings Bank of China, scores followed his lead. Shares in the bank, long derided as a stodgy state lender, have doubled in price since October. Hello, world Professional fund management is now ap­ proaching a tipping point. Retail investors still make up about 80% of average daily trading volume in the stockmarket; in America, even with the much ballyhooed rise in day trading, they account for just about a quarter. Yet institutional investors’ holdings as a share of China’s market capi­ talisation have increased from 30% in 2012 to about 50%. At this pace, says an execu­ tive at a Chinese asset manager, institu­ tions’ share of daily trading volume could hit 50% in the next five years. For foreign firms, the professionalisation of the mar­ kets could present an opening. Nothing in China comes easily, though. For years many officials in China feared that wily Western “wolves” would gobble up the banking market. But Xu Zhong, a se­ nior banking official, observed in 2019 that the problem was in fact the opposite. “We are not open enough,” he said. This hinder­ ed development; competition was needed to help local firms improve. He added a rhetorical flourish of the kind that wins de­ bates in Beijing: the lack of opening goes against President Xi Jinping’s doctrine that China must be confident in its system. Chi­ na, he concluded, should be bolder. Mr Xu’s line of reasoning has so far pre­ vailed. There are two separate but related openings that are now drawing Chinese and global finance more closely together. The first is the opening of China’s capital

Still far to go Foreign ownership, % China

United States 6

Stocks

40 Bonds

30

4 20 2

Stocks 10

Bonds 0 2016

18

20

0 2010

15

20

Sources: Wind; Federal Reserve

markets to foreign investors. Funds allo­ cated to China have risen rapidly since 2018. The inclusion of many onshore stocks into global indices, such as msci’s flagship emerging­markets index, has led to tens of billions of dollars in passive fund allocation a year. There has also been a rush into the country’s sovereign and poli­ cy­bank bonds, a tempting alternative to ultra­low­yielding bonds elsewhere. There is still tremendous scope for growth. In the onshore stockmarket for­ eigners hold nearly 5% of Chinese shares; by comparison, foreigners own about 25% of American shares. Foreigners own just 3% of Chinese bonds, versus about 30% of the American market, and are overwhelm­ ingly concentrated in government bonds. Corporate debt is still seen as too murky. One obvious concern for foreign inves­ tors is whether they can get their money into and, crucially, out of, China. Doing so is now easier. Hong Kong’s stock­connect programme, which allows trading in Chi­ nese stocks, has fuelled a 40­fold increase in daily cross­border trading volumes in China since 2015. Repatriating profits through a qualified institutional­investor scheme used to take up to six months. Now it takes a few days. The real test will come if markets crash, as they did in 2015. Then, the government made it hard for foreign­ ers to take funds out of the country. The second dimension of China’s open­ ing is to foreign institutions. Investment banks long touted China’s potential yet were granted only glacial increases in their onshore presence. Things are speeding up, thanks in no small part to the deterioration in relations between America and China. Wall Street banks, the thinking in Beijing goes, are powerful lobbyists in Washing­ ton. Goldman Sachs, which set up its joint venture in China in 2004, is applying to take over 100% of its onshore investment bank. A number of other foreign banks, in­ cluding Morgan Stanley and ubs, are ex­ panding their domestic businesses. The optimistic case is that these invest­ ments will, in time, pay dividends. The oft­

The Economist March 20th 2021

repeated  line  from  foreign  financiers  is that China is a long­term, strategic project. When smic, a semiconductor group, listed in  Shanghai  in  July,  it  raised  $6.6bn,  the largest offering in China since 2010. “That really got people wanting to do more work on initial public offerings (ipos) and look beyond just secondary trading,” says Chris­ tina Ma, head of greater China equities at Goldman Sachs. To be a full­service invest­ ment  bank,  a  patchwork  of  licences  is needed:  for  wealth  management,  under­ writing and trading, to name a few. Some firms are putting them together. The disad­ vantages of being a foreign operator in the Chinese market are disappearing, says Eu­ gene Qian, the chairman of ubs Securities. The  pessimistic  view  is  that  China  is, and  always  will  be,  the  market  of  the  fu­ ture. The head of a foreign bank in Shang­ hai describes China’s regulatory demands as a “purity test”. To obtain licences to op­ erate,  banks  must  have  teams  of  under­ writers and risk officers in place, all with the  right  qualifications.  That  drives  up staffing costs before any revenue is earned. Vanguard, an American asset manager, re­ cently halted plans to launch its own mu­ tual­fund unit in China, citing the time it would take to build up a big presence.  Firms  that  do  make  inroads  in  China may face other headaches. hsbc was long the  most  successful  foreign  commercial bank  in  China.  Now  it  is  caught  between Beijing and America after being entangled in a dispute over Huawei, a Chinese tele­ coms giant. Banks will need to be skilful at managing both their relations with China’s government  and  their  portfolios  to  stand any chance of success. The  giant  ipo of  Ant,  a  fintech  group, would have been a monument to the power of  China’s  capital  markets.  Instead,  it  be­ came a monument to the power of its gov­ ernment.  Officials  halted  it  in  November, less than 48 hours before trading was due to  begin  in  Shanghai  and  Hong  Kong. Heavy­handed  regulatory  actions  are  the most obvious way in which the state exer­ cises control over markets. But there are al­ so two more subtle points of influence. First,  even  as  the  government  has pulled  back  from  day­to­day  economic management,  state­run  firms  cast  a  sha­ dow over everyday business. State­owned investment banks may be less capable than foreign  upstarts.  But  most  big  firms  that turn  to  the  capital  markets  know  to  give most of their business to state players.  The state is also an investment force to be  reckoned  with.  Government­guided funds,  which  channel  cash  to  companies in  priority  sectors  such  as  chipmaking, have  amassed  about  9trn  yuan  in  capital, and are growing quickly, according to Chi­ na Venture, a research firm. “If they choose to compete in a certain area, you know you can’t outbid them,” says the head of a big

Finance & economics

private Chinese investment company. Second, the state sets rigid parameters around its markets. This is felt most acute­ ly in foreign­exchange trading because of China’s  careful  management  of  the  yuan. Though  it  is  now  easier  for  investors  to move money across borders, they still face a  host  of  rules  once  in  China.  If  foreign firms,  for  example,  do  well  trading  equi­ ties, they typically must take their profits out  of  the  country  before  reallocating money  to  bonds.  Moreover,  there  are  few currency­hedging  tools  in  the  onshore market, a hindrance for big investors. Off­ shore hedging is possible but expensive. A stately manner Over the past few months, the strength of currency inflows into China—via both its trade  surplus  and  inbound  financial  in­ vestments—implied that the yuan should have  appreciated  strongly.  The  head  of  a currency desk at a foreign bank in Shang­ hai  says  the  central  bank,  acting  through proxies, appeared to restrain it. “Whenever the  yuan  rose  to  6.45  [against  the  dollar], big  Chinese  banks  came  in  to  stop  it,”  he says. Without an open capital account, all prices in China’s markets end up skewed. Stocks in Shanghai and Shenzhen trade at a premium of roughly 30% over stocks in the same companies listed in Hong Kong. Few  dare  to  go  against  the  state.  The China head of a global hedge fund reports that one unusual aspect of the mainland is that securities regulators conduct random inspections,  turning  up  without  warning and demanding answers to probing ques­ tions.  “They  would  only  do  that  in  New York if you’re under arrest,” he says. Yet  the  controls  around  China’s  mar­ kets can exert a pull of their own. Whereas China trails America in the size of its stock and  bond  markets,  it  is,  by  one  measure, ahead in commodity futures. The number of contracts traded last year on its main ex­ changes  (in  Dalian,  Shanghai  and  Zheng­ zhou) was six times higher than on Ameri­

ca’s  cme Group’s  exchanges.  In  terms  of value they were roughly equivalent. It is not just that China has the biggest appetite for commodities, from copper to iron  ore.  It  is  also  home  to  some  of  the world’s  most  liquid  commodity  ex­ changes.  Smaller  contract  sizes  make  it easier for small companies to get involved in trading. And the very limits that Chinese investors face on investing offshore make commodity  exchanges  attractive.  “There may  be  more  contracts  on  foreign  ex­ changes but not many have truly excellent liquidity.  In  China  most  contracts  are  li­ quid,  giving  investors  lots  of  opportuni­ ties,”  says  Sunny  Fang  of  Orient  Futures, one of China’s biggest futures brokerages. Commodity futures also show how Chi­ na’s  markets  shape  global  markets.  Last April  the  price  of  oil  futures  in  America collapsed below zero as demand evaporat­ ed and storage filled up. In China, though, futures stayed at around $30 a barrel, with investors lapping them up. That attracted shipments  to  China  and  helped  restore global oil prices to a more normal level. “The information from Chinese futures is very clear. This is what the world’s big­ gest  consumers  are  paying  for  commodi­ ties,” says John Browning of Bands Finan­ cial,  a  Shanghai­based  futures  brokerage. Whether in China or Texas, oil is oil, and prices should converge.  The  information  from  China’s  stock and bond markets is more abstract. It tells you about the health and direction of the economy—no  small  thing  given  China’s weight  in  the  world.  Yet  interpreting  it  is not simple. Portfolio managers at Chinese investment groups have learned Western­ style  stock  analysis  but  they  also  under­ stand  the  Chinese  regulatory  environ­ ment,  which  can  be  crucial  to  perform­ ance,  says  Xu  Yicheng  of  China  Interna­ tional Capital Corporation, an investment bank. It is a divide that global firms and in­ vestors  increasingly think  they  can,  and need to, straddle. n

65

66

Finance & economics

The Economist March 20th 2021

Treasury markets

Overflowing

America’s banking system has too much cash. The consequences are bizarre

W

hen bond markets seized up in the spring  of  2020  the  problem  was  a shortage of cash. A global dash for dollars caused bond yields, which move inversely to  prices,  to  spike.  It  sent  the  greenback soaring in currency markets. And it caused trading  in  Treasuries,  usually  the  world’s most liquid market, almost to dry up. To­ day the opposite problem looms: a surfeit of  money.  It  stems  from  the  Federal  Re­ serve’s  response  to  last  year’s  crisis.  The central  bank  calmed  markets  by  buying vast quantities of bonds with newly creat­ ed cash, and has continued its purchases, at a current pace of at least $120bn a month. The abundance of dollars is causing head­ aches for banks and investors.  A central bank buying a bond for cash sounds like a simple swap of asset for as­ set. In fact it often swells the banking sys­ tem. When the Fed buys assets in the sec­ ondary market, say from a pension fund, it cannot  pay  the  fund  with  the  electronic money it creates, because only banks can hold  these  so­called  “reserves”.  Instead, the fund gets a newly created deposit at its bank, and the bank gets the newly created reserve at the Fed. The bank ends up bigger, with  a  new  liability  and  a  new  asset.  The same thing also happens when a bank buys freshly  issued  debt  at  a  Treasury  auction, then sells it to the Fed. When the govern­ ment spends the funds it has raised, such as  by  sending  cheques  to  households  or paying its staff, the banking system grows. With both mechanisms at work in the pandemic, the Fed’s assets and deposits at banks have shot up in tandem (see chart). The  balance­sheet  of  JPMorgan  Chase, America’s biggest bank, grew from $2.7trn to $3.4trn in 2020 as deposits rose by 35%. Cash  will  keep  pouring  in.  Since  last spring the Treasury has issued more debt than  it  has  needed  to  fund  its  enormous emergency  stimulus  in  2020.  As  a  result the “Treasury general account” (tga)—the government’s  current  (or  checking)  ac­ count at the Fed—grew from about $350bn in early 2020 to about $1.3trn on March 11th. But much of this money will soon be spent on  President  Biden’s  new  stimulus  pro­ gramme, which includes cheques of $1,400 to most Americans. The Treasury has sig­ nalled  that  the  tga balance  will  fall  to $500bn  by  the  end  of  June.  And  current law,  passed  the  last  time  America’s  debt ceiling  was  lifted,  requires  the  balance  to fall  to  about  $120bn  by  August.  Any  run­

down in the account means still more de­ posits and reserves for banks, in addition to those infused by the Fed. The abundance of cash has two main ef­ fects. The first is that it has caused interest rates in the federal­funds market, in which banks lend reserves to one another over­ night, to drift down. The Fed aims to keep the federal­funds rate between zero and 0.25%, but it has been falling within the band, and is now about 0.07%. As banks have abundant reserves, the federal­funds rate is economically insignificant. But rates in secured lending or “repo” markets, which matter much more to the real econ­ omy, have been approaching negative ter­ ritory too. The benchmark secured­financ­ ing rate is just 0.01%. One­month Treasury bills yield only 0.03%. The second effect is that banks are left with a lower ratio of equity capital to as­ sets, making it harder to comply with min­ imum capital requirements set by regula­ tors. One rule is the “supplementary lever­ age ratio” (slr), which requires big banks to fund themselves with equity worth at least 5% of their total assets. In March 2020 regulators exempted both cash reserves and Treasuries from the slr, recognising that the Fed’s emergency actions, by ex­ panding bank assets, had made it bind more tightly. The exemption, however, ex­ pires at the end of March. Left unchecked, both factors could cause markets to behave strangely. If short­ term interest rates go negative, then sup­ posedly safe money­market funds might be forced to “break the buck”, returning to investors less than was put in. Facing a change to the slr, banks might turn away Between the balance-sheets United States, $trn RECESSION

18 15

Commercial-bank deposits

12 9 6

Federal Reserve assets

3 0 2019 Source: Federal Reserve

20

21

new deposits—a strategy JPMorgan floated in January. (The alternative, raising expen­ sive capital to fund holdings of low­yield­ ing cash, is unattractive.) The biggest wor­ ry concerns Treasury markets. An easy way for a bank to shrink its balance­sheet quickly is by selling assets to investors. Were a big bank or two to approach regula­ tory capital limits and start shunning Trea­ suries, the market could go into a tailspin. An early sign of this may have been in late February, when, amid a global bond­mar­ ket sell­off, an auction of seven­year Trea­ suries suffered record low demand. What to do? To fight the downward drift in interest rates, the Fed could marginally raise the rate it pays on reserves, currently 0.1%, though it declined to do so after its monetary­policy meeting on March 17th. Regulators might soon extend the exemp­ tion of reserves from the slr (Jerome Po­ well, the Fed’s chairman, hinted that an an­ nouncement regarding the rule was immi­ nent). Extending the exemption, however, would be controversial. On February 26th Elizabeth Warren and Sherrod Brown, two Democratic senators, wrote to regulators urging them to restore the slr “as quickly as possible”, fearing that the pandemic was being used as an excuse to weaken reforms made after the global financial crisis. In any case, renewing the slr exemp­ tion will not solve the problem, argues Zol­ tan Pozsar of Credit Suisse, a bank. A more binding constraint might be the extra cap­ ital requirements that so­called “globally systemically important” banks incur as they grow. By the end of 2020 JPMorgan was on the cusp of seeing its slr surcharge rise from 4% to 4.5% of risk­weighted as­ sets, creating another regulatory cliff­ edge. Other big banks face constraints, too: Wells Fargo, America’s third­largest bank, has had its total assets capped since 2018 as punishment for a mis­selling scandal. The inadequacy of the slr exemption may explain why the Fed has expanded an­ other of its programmes. The “overnight reverse­repo facility” allows investors to park cash overnight at the central bank in exchange for Treasuries. At its meeting the Fed lifted the maximum exchange with each counterparty from $30bn to $80bn. If investors park more money at the central bank directly, then banks’ balance­sheets should shrink. The facility is barely being used but the Fed, says Mr Pozsar, is “foam­ ing the runway”. The usual worry about letting investors have direct access to a central bank’s bal­ ance­sheet is that it disintermediates the banks, and, by providing a new haven for cash, makes bank runs easier. Today, though, draining banks of liquidity might be precisely what is needed for financial stability—the latest example of the mind­ bending monetary economics brought about by the pandemic. n

Say hello to streamlined trading, powered by thinkorswim®. Meet our new, easy-to-use platform: thinkorswim® Web. Get essential tools and trade strategies in an optimized interface—no download necessary. tdameritrade.com/thinkorswimweb

TD Ameritrade, Inc., member FINRA/SIPC. © 2020 TD Ameritrade.

68

Finance & economics Non-fungible tokens

What’s wrong with this picture? Non­fungible tokens are useful, innovative—and frothy

“E

quivalent viii” by Carl Andre was a minimalist sculpture bought by Bri­ tain’s Tate Gallery in 1972. The Tate de­ scribed the work as “a rectangular arrange­ ment of 120 firebricks...altering the view­ er’s relationship to the surrounding space”. The public called it a pile of bricks. A few years later newspapers execrated the gal­ lery for having wasted brick­shaped wads of cash on the avant­garde work. Once again, a famous institution is em­ bracing a controversial new genre. On March 11th Christie’s sold a digital collage of images called “Everydays—The First 5,000 Days” for a cool $69.3m. The sale ele­ vated the work’s creator, Mike Winkel­ mann, aka Beeple, to the august company of David Hockney and Jeff Koons, the only two living painters to sell at such prices. Christie’s sold the artwork as a “non­ fungible token” (nft), a craze for which has gripped Silicon Valley’s elite. An nft is a secure, blockchain­based record that rep­ resents pieces of digital media. Invented a few years ago, it can link not only to digital art but also to text, videos or bits of code. The pile­of­bricks criticism of digital artworks is that, in contrast to physical col­ lectibles, they can be copied with perfect fidelity and consumed infinitely online. They thus have limited inherent value. A token brings bragging rights to a unique, authenticated version of a digital artwork, song or cute image of a cat (which first earned nfts their popularity). Another at­ traction for the creative world is that nfts make it easy to build in payments to artists when their works are sold on. Since almost anything can be tokenised and sold if punters are willing, the craze stretches beyond pictures. Kings of Leon, a rock band, is selling a new album as an nft and the National Basketball Association is selling clips of famous dunks. Creators can turn to a growing collection of marketplac­ es, such as OpenSea and Nifty Gateway. Even individual tweets are going for big sums (leading some to wonder if the for­ mer tweeter­in­chief, Donald Trump, could flog bits of his oeuvre). The bumper Beeple sale, plus the arrival of ever more creators, means a mania that has been largely confined to crypto and te­ chie circles could move mainstream. The global nft market grew from a few tens of millions of dollars in annual sales a few years ago to over $300m in the past month alone, according to Andreessen Horowitz,

The Economist March 20th 2021

a venture­capital firm. nfts mesh with the massive  network  effects  of  social  media and meme culture, notes Sam Hart of the Interchain  Foundation,  a  Swiss  backer  of blockchain infrastructure. There has been little time to educate buyers, he says. The pitfalls are being called out by a few crypto experts. One worry  is  that  broad crypto­enthusiasm may  be  what  is  really behind soaring nft values. It has not gone unnoticed that the buyer  of  Beeple’s  “Ev­ erydays” is Metakovan,  a  professional crypto investor. Christie’s got its $69.3m in Ether, a cryptocurrency. Some compare the nft craze  to  the boom in initial coin offerings,  a  form  of crowdfunding in which firms issue digital “coins” in return for a payment, in 2017­18, which turned to bust soon after. The soar­ ing prices of many nfts, reliant on ephem­ eral buzziness in places like Clubhouse, a hot new audio app, could quickly collapse. Celebrities including Lindsay Lohan jump­ ing on a trend that was meant to be about helping penniless artists is, some reckon, another ominous sign. The  upfront  costs of “minting” nfts are low,  meanwhile, meaning potentially unlimited  supply. (For now nfts’ huge carbon footprint, ow­ ing to energy­intensive blockchain  trans­ actions, is not transparently recorded.) A final uncertainty around nfts’ value is that they can in practice  be  separated from the digital good to  which  they  are tied, undermining their  worth.  A  creator can change the image even after sale. One crypto artist recently “pulled  the  rug”  on some nfts to highlight the flaw. A series of colourful digital portraits suddenly meta­ morphosed into pictures  of  antique  car­ pets. But the art market  has  always  been prone to dodgy dealing. Picking nfts looks akin to sorting real Rembrandts from those daubed by mere followers. n

No Everydays object

Economics education

New instructions WASHINGTO N, DC

Efforts to modernise economics teaching gather steam

E

conomists are keen  fans  of  dyna­ mism, but there are too few signs of it in economics teaching. A survey of American lecturers  last  year  found  that  their  meth­ ods,  which  rely  on  lectures  and  assigned textbook reading, had barely changed in 25 years.  Textbooks  themselves  can  lag  be­ hind the practice of economics. A study by Jane Ihrig of the Federal Reserve Board and Scott Wolla of the Federal Reserve Bank of St Louis found that at least three of six lead­ ing texts published since the start of 2020 misrepresented monetary policy. They say the  Fed  sets  short­term  interest  rates  by buying  and  selling  securities.  But  since 2008 the central bank has changed the rate it pays on banks’ reserves instead.  Students say that inequality is the most pressing economic problem of the day, ac­ cording to a paper by Samuel Bowles of the Santa  Fe  Institute  and  Wendy  Carlin  of University  College,  London.  But  in  many textbooks, they argue, the topic is merely appended to the core curriculum. In 1993 a study found race and gender bias in intro­ ductory  textbooks.  A  quarter  of  a  century on, many are still found to underrepresent women. (The new survey did not consider race.) Some in the profession are now try­ ing to shake up economics instruction.  This  is  partly  because  improved  peda­ gogy is being seen as a way to diversify the profession.  KimMarie  McGoldrick,  who leads  a  committee  on  economics  educa­ tion  for  the  American  Economic  Associ­ ation (aea), says that teaching used not to be  a  priority,  which  may  have  sapped  ef­ forts  to  entice  students  into  the  subject. Now the classroom is being seen as a place for a more active approach.  In January the aea supported a teacher­ training conference meant to improve di­ versity  among  students  and  gather  evi­ dence on the impact of different teaching methods on different ethnicities, genders and races. It is also sharing best teaching practices. Those include more student par­ ticipation, being open about biases in text­ books and encouraging teachers to replace “trivial or sexist” examples like “beer and sports  cars”  with  weightier  applications, like inequality and climate change. Textbooks  are  evolving  too.  Last  year Betsey Stevenson and Justin Wolfers of the University  of  Michigan  published  a  tome that  tries  to  avoid  representation  biases. (Its description of the mechanics of mone­ tary  policy  also  scores  well.)  In  Britain  a

The Economist March 20th 2021

free book published by core, a charity that Ms Carlin helps run, has been adopted in 47 out of 60 economics­teaching universi­ ties. The book starts with inequality, rather than presenting it as an afterthought.  Yet  core has  struggled  to  make  head­ way in America. That could reflect percep­ tions that it is left­wing—or that it de­em­ phasises  the  simple  supply­and­demand diagrams  that  professors  like  to  teach,  or that  it  is  too  mathematically  demanding. Or  perhaps  the  incumbents  are  doing something  right,  as  Gregory  Mankiw,  the author of a best­selling introductory text,

Finance & economics

suggested in a recent webinar.  But barriers to change exist, too. Teach­ ers, not students, pick the textbook, for in­ stance.  And  though  a  free  book  might  at­ tract students, it is teachers who bear the cost  of  switching,  as  they  have  to  revise their  notes.  The  trend  towards  online­ learning  platforms,  which  bundle  books with  test  banks  and  homework­marking software, does not help. The core team is developing a paid version of its books with such features for the American market. Where  professors  have  the  freedom, time and resources, change is having posi­

tive  results.  Students  of  a  curriculum based on core in Australia seem to do bet­ ter  in  follow­up  courses.  A  study  by  Ann Owen and Paul Hagstrom of Hamilton Col­ lege  found  that  using  practical  assign­ ments  as  well  as  a  curriculum  covering “the broad range of social issues that econ­ omists study” led to women earning high­ er grades. When Carina Krusell, a student, took the revamped course she was delight­ ed  to  be  able  to  replicate  analysis  that found discrimination against people with black­sounding names. “The course made me realise, oh, this is economics.” n

Buttonwood The Draghi effect The bull case for euro-zone stockmarkets centres on Italy

P

ity the broker of European shares. He spends his afternoons making calls to investors in America. Few are returned. His clients are tired of Europe and its vaccine snafus. Even a good­news story, such as Mario Draghi becoming prime minister of Italy, has little traction. Italy is central to the fortunes of the euro zone. Mr Draghi is a reformer to be reck­ oned with. But a lot of people think the country cannot be fixed. “If God descend­ ed from heaven and became Italy’s prime minister,” says a hedge­fund boss, “the market still would not rally.”  The story of 2021 is that America’s economy is reopening with a bang. By comparison, everything in Europe looks sluggish: gdp growth, the roll­out of vaccines, the deployment of fiscal policy, slow­moving companies, and so on. That lack of urgency extends to the stock­ market. Europe has no fomo (fear of missing out), says Graham Secker of Morgan Stanley, a bank. It is wholly lacking in the froth so evident in Amer­ ica. Yet that is probably a good thing. Because—whisper it—so far this year the euro­zone stockmarket has managed to keep up with America’s. Among non­us stocks, the euro area looks attractive on a price­to­earnings basis, says Mr Secker. The perennial appeal of Europe is that it is cheap. That is not always, or even usually, decisive in stock investing. (Cheap for a reason, sneer the sceptics.) But since November, when news first broke of an effective vaccine for covid­19, “value” stocks (ie, those with a low price relative to earn­ ings or book value) have generally done better than “growth” stocks, their anti­ thesis. This rotation towards value ought to favour Europe, where bourses are crammed with cheap­looking banks, widget­makers and commodity firms,

the sort that tend to do well in periods of reflation, such as now.  Investors looking for deep value could do worse than consider Italy. In any event, if you take a punt on the euro zone, you are in effect taking a punt on Italy. Its stock­ market is more European than most. It is chock­full of energy and financial comp­ anies, the kind that have been out of fa­ vour with investors until recently, and of which Europe has lots. But this is about more than just the make­up of its stock­ market. Italy is the weakest big economy in continental Europe, itself a locus of weakness. If Italy can do better, then there is upside for the region as a whole. Enter Mr Draghi. He is not quite a deity, though he came close to being one in his euro­saving eight­year stint as boss of the European Central Bank. Last month he was asked by Italy’s president to form a gov­ ernment. Parliament quickly fell in be­ hind him. He has since set out some broad reform goals: to fix Italy’s tax code, its sclerotic bureaucracy and its sluggish courts. Each is a bar to enterprise and a stronger economy. Mr Draghi has picked

the right spots and is the right man to tackle them. But after an early burst of euphoria in Italy’s markets, doubts have crept in. A big one is that his time as prime minister is likely to be short­lived. There is also the question of whether a few bits of legislation can make a differ­ ence. Italy is a low­trust economy. This is reflected in the ubiquity of small family firms. An array of restrictive practices is hard­wired into its society. Changing all this quickly is not easy. Still, you have to start somewhere. A big problem is the difficulty of making business agreements stick. It takes more than twice as long to enforce a contract in Italy than in France or Germany. A better functioning judicial system is the foundation on which a broader construct of trust might be built. Italy’s tax system is complex and discourages job creation. A little judicious reform might go a long way in improving incentives to work. And in his efforts to cut red tape, Mr Draghi can already point to progress. On March 10th Italy’s three largest union federations signed a pact agreeing to reforms of the government bureaucracy. This is a small start. But it speaks to a shift in the mood in Italy.  Mr Draghi has the advantage of being able to offer goodies in return for painful changes. Italy will be the largest bene­ ficiary of the €750bn ($900bn) eu recov­ ery fund, the disbursements of which are tied to progress on reforms. This is not quite Joe Biden’s $1.9trn mega­package but it is not nothing either. A lesson from the 1990s, when Italy strove to qualify for the euro, is that reforms can happen if Italians can see a payoff from them. This is a hard story for a broker to sell given the latest vaccine mishaps. Europe is the opposite of a meme stock. But right now, that might actually be a plus.

69

70

Finance & economics

The Economist March 20th 2021

Free exchange For goodness’ sake

Why two former central bankers are talking about trust

A

fter the global financial crisis, people asked whether econo­ mists  had  not  misunderstood  something  important  about markets. The trying experience of recent years has some figures broadening  the  question,  to  ask  whether  economists  have  not failed  to  grasp  something  crucial  about  people.  In  a  new  book, “Value(s)”,  Mark  Carney,  governor  of  the  Bank  of  England  from 2013  to  2020,  argues  that  within  profit­obsessed  market  econo­ mies  self­interest  crowds  out  other  motivations,  making  the world  a  more  selfish  place—and  potentially  a  less  resilient  and prosperous  one,  too.  The  notion  is  disconcerting,  not  least  be­ cause the dominance of orthodox economic thinking leaves lead­ ers poorly equipped to assess and respond to such claims. Parts of Mr Carney’s argument are echoed in another new book, by Minouche Shafik, director of the London School of Economics, who served as one of Mr Carney’s deputies at the Bank of England. Lady Shafik’s book, “What We Owe Each Other”, examines the role of  the  social  contract  and  considers  how  changes  in  the  global economy have undermined the function of the institutions socie­ ties rely on to keep the world a reasonably just place. Fixing up and modernising the social contract is necessary, she writes, “if we are not  to  witness  a  destructive  fracturing  of  the  mutual  trust  on which citizenship and society is based.” People have become too disinterested in their obligations to other people and to society as a whole, Lady Shafik says; they owe each other more. Such notions would not have been out of place in the work of the classical economists. Indeed, both Mr Carney and Lady Shafik cite Adam Smith’s work, “The Theory of Moral Sentiments”, which investigated how people come by their values, beliefs and prefer­ ences. They do so, Smith argued, through “mutual sympathy”—by imagining how others feel, essentially. This informs the public’s sense of right and wrong and establishes a social foundation for other institutions, including markets. Smith saw markets as “liv­ ing institutions, embedded in the culture, practice, traditions and trust  of  their  day”,  writes  Mr  Carney.  Modern  economists  rarely write about markets in such terms. The innovations of the neo­ classical economists of the late 19th century shaped the profession into one in which utility, value and market prices are all treated as more or less the same thing. In an effort to become more rigorous

or scientific, economists stripped from their analysis the difficult moral  questions  that  interested  Smith.  Economics  “simply doesn’t  traffic  in  morality”,  writes  Mr  Carney,  quoting  “Freak­ onomics”, a popular economics book. But if economists have lost interest in questions of morality, and prefer instead to model worlds in which people act strictly in their  own  self­interest,  moral  forces  still  matter  for  economics. Lady Shafik reckons that the solidarity that underpins social sta­ bility has a moral rationale—that it is wrong to deny people the ability to meet their basic needs—as well as political and econom­ ic ones. If the social contract breaks down, and people do not ade­ quately look after each other, then crises (of finance, public health or the environment, for example) will threaten prosperity. Mr Carney, for his part, worries that market activity and market incentives  crowd  out  important  social  norms.  Private  vices  like greed or ambition, which can help raise social welfare when exer­ cised within a perfectly competitive market, are often socially de­ structive  in  other,  less  ideal  circumstances.  As  money  becomes the primary or sole measure of value, society loses the ability to distinguish between acts of wealth creation that deserve to be her­ alded and those that do not. People who pass up the opportunity to make money for other more selfless activities come to look more like suckers than model citizens. The loss of interest in doing good for its own sake leaves society less able to meet serious crises like climate change. (Mr Carney himself worked at Goldman Sachs, a bank,  early  in  his  career,  and  recently  drew  criticism  for  using dodgy methods to claim that the portfolio of the asset manager for which he now works emits net­zero carbon.)  Mr  Carney  provides  some  support  for  his  argument.  Studies show that monetary incentives can crowd out pro­social motiva­ tions in ways that prove counterproductive. (In experiments, for instance,  student  groups  paid  to  do  charitable  work  contribute less to the community than those given only a motivational talk about serving a good cause.) But the events of the past year provide lots  of  corroborating  detail,  in  the  struggles  governments  have faced persuading citizens to wear masks or be vaccinated, and the human and economic costs that have followed. Maximised futility It may seem strange that central bankers—who can be a dispas­ sionate and humourless bunch, even for economists—should be among those to raise the alarm about the fraying of the social fab­ ric. But it makes a certain kind of sense. As Mr Carney writes, trust is central to maintaining the stability of a currency or a financial system.  Humourlessness  itself  can  be  a  signal  to  the  public,  a mark of seriousness meant to provide assurance that the money and the bank accounts in which people hold their savings can be relied upon. Few public officials will be more aware of the risks from a breakdown in mutual trust and regard for others than those charged with fending off runs on the financial system. Yet their writing illustrates just how difficult change will be. Their solutions—to make capitalism more inclusive and shore up safety­nets—are built around technocratic tweaks to policy, not a moral awakening, and understandably so. The analytical tools re­ lied upon by top economic policymakers do not include mecha­ nisms for quantifying the importance of social norms or cultivat­ ing ethical behaviour across the population. Indeed, Mr Carney’s argument poses a fundamental dilemma: today’s powerful figures are those that thrived within the current system. If society needs new moral leadership, it may need to look somewhere else. n

Science & technology

Espionage (1)

Ears in the sky By listening for radio and radar signals, a new generation of satellites can track human activity, both licit and illicit

I

n the middle of last year, Ecuadorians watched  with  concern  as  340  foreign boats,  most  of  them  Chinese,  fished  just outside the Exclusive Economic Zone (eez) around their country’s westernmost prov­ ince, the Galapagos Islands. The law of the sea  requires  such  vessels  to  carry  gps­ based  automatic  identification  systems (ais) that broadcast where they are, and to keep  those  systems  switched  on.  Some boats,  however,  failed  to  comply.  There were  more  than  550  instances  of  vessels not transmitting their locations for over a day. This regular radio silence stoked fears that the boats concerned were sneaking in­ to Ecuador’s waters to plunder its fish. Both local officials and China’s ambas­ sador to Ecuador denied this, and said all the boats were sticking to the rules. In Oc­ tober,  however,  HawkEye  360,  a  satellite operator  based  in  Virginia,  announced  it had detected vessels inside Ecuador’s eez on 14 occasions when the boats in question were not transmitting ais (see map on next page). HawkEye’s satellites could pinpoint these renegades by listening for faint sig­ nals  emanating  from  their  navigation  ra­

dars and radio communications. HawkEye’s  satellites  are  cubesats,  a standard design the size of a shoebox that can  be  furnished  with  whatever  kit  the owner  chooses.  Being  small,  cubesats are cheap  to  build  and  launch.  HawkEye  de­ ployed its first cluster, of three of them, in 2018.  They  are  now  in  an  orbit  that  takes them  over  both  of  Earth’s  poles.  This means that, as the planet revolves beneath them,  every  point  on  its  surface  can  be monitored at regular intervals.  Initially, the data the satellites collected were downloaded to a tracking station on Svalbard, a Norwegian island in the Arctic Ocean.  But  business  has  since  boomed. HawkEye  now  counts  a  dozen  govern­ ments among its customers, as well as pri­ vate clients. The firm has therefore recruit­ → Also in this section 72 How to look around corners 73 Self-vaccination by honeybees 74 An evolutionary surprise

The Economist March 20th 2021

ed the services of a second ground station, in  Antarctica,  and  it  put  a  second  cluster into  orbit  on  January  24th.  It  plans  three more such launches this year, and also in­ tends to widen its network of ground sta­ tions yet further.  Given this success, it is hardly surpris­ ing  that  at  least  six  other  companies  are operating  or  developing  similar  systems. Quilty Analytics, a research firm in Florida, expects  the  number  of  radio­frequency (rf) intelligence satellites of this sort in or­ bit to multiply from a dozen at the begin­ ning of January to more than 60 by the end of next year. Unmixed signals rf­intelligence  satellites  detect  where  a transmission is coming from in two ways. One,  trilateration,  relies  on  measuring minute  differences  in  a  signal’s  arrival time at each member of a cluster. The other uses the Doppler effect—the shift in a sig­ nal’s  frequency  if  the  transmitter  is  mov­ ing  relative  to  the  receiver.  Together,  ac­ cording to HawkEye, these can pinpoint a signal’s source to within 500 metres of its true origin. Kleos Space, a Luxembourgeois company that launched its first cluster in November and hopes to put two more up later this year, says its accuracy ranges be­ tween 3,000 and 200 metres.  A  cluster  sweeps  a  band  of  territory 2,000km wide so, circling the planet every 90 minutes or so, it can revisit many areas several  times  a  day.  Moreover,  unlike  spy satellites  fitted  with  optical  cameras,  rf

71

72

Science & technology

The Economist March 20th 2021

satellites can see through clouds. Their re­ ceivers are not sensitive enough to detect standard mobile phones. But they can pick up satellite phones, walkie­talkies and all manner of radar. And, while vessels can and do illicitly disable their ais, switching off their communications gear and the ra­ dar they use for navigation and collision­ avoidance is another matter entirely. “Even pirates don’t turn those things off,” says John  Beckner, boss of Horizon Technolo­ gies, a British firm that plans its first launch in August. rf data are also cheap to collect. Satel­ lites  fitted with robotic high­resolution cameras are costly. Flying shoeboxes that capture and timestamp radio signals are not.  Horizon says that building, insuring and  launching its August mission should cost no more than about $1.4m. America’s National Geospatial­Intelli­ gence Agency (nga), one of that country’s numerous spying operations, is a big user of  rf intelligence. It employs HawkEye’s data  to find guerrilla camps and mobile missile­launchers, and to track both con­ ventional warships and unconventional ones, like the weaponised speedboats sometimes deployed by Iran. Robert Car­ dillo, a former director of the agency who now advises HawkEye, says dozens of na­ vies, Russia’s included, spoof ais signals to make warships appear to be in places which they are not. rf intelligence is not fooled by this. Mr Cardillo says, too, that the tininess of rf satellites makes them hard for an enemy to destroy. Beside matters military, the nga also uses rf data to unearth illicit economic ac­ tivity—of which unauthorised fishing is merely one instance. Outright piracy is an­ other. And the technique also works on land. In 2019, for example, it led to the dis­ covery of an illegal gold mine being run by a Chinese company in a jungle in Gabon. And in 2020 the managers of Garamba Na­ tional Park in the Democratic Republic of Congo began using HawkEye data to spot

elephant poachers and dispatch rangers to deal with them. There are commercial uses, too. Andy Bowyer, Kleos’s boss, reports interest among telecoms firms keen to locate rogue transmitters, such as unlicensed ham ra­ dios, that are operating within their do­ mains. Regulators, meanwhile, would like the firm to create “heat maps” of shifting patterns of legitimate transmissions. These would help them select sites for mo­ bile­phone towers and also give them a better idea of the value in particular places of licences to use parts of the radio spec­ trum that are going up for auction. Some charities, too, have an interest in Kleos’s data. rf information can, for example, flag up routes taken by migrants likely to need food and other aid. Declustering Using satellite clusters to gather rf intelli­ gence is clever. But engineers at Unseen­ labs, a firm in Rennes, France, reckon it is already outdated. At the moment, Unseen has three satellites in orbit and sells data to about ten navies, including France’s, as well as to maritime insurers and a handful of big defence contractors. But its satellites operate independently, rather than as a cluster, for Unseenlabs’ engineers have de­ vised a detection system, which they claim is accurate to within 5,000 metres, that re­ quires but a single satellite. How this system works remains a se­ cret—and one that, according to Clément Galic, Unseenlabs’ boss, is protected by the French state. After several attempts were made to steal it, he says, the defence minis­ try’s Directorate General of Armaments of­ fered its assistance in defending the de­ tails from cybertheft. Secret or not, though, Unseenlabs may soon have competitors in the single­satel­ lite­rf­intelligence market, for Horizon, too, says that it has worked out how to per­ form the trick—a claim backed up by the fact that its launch in August will loft but a 250 km

COLOMBIA Galapagos Islands (Ecuador)

ECUADOR Galapagos Islands Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) PERU Ship positions detected with no automatic identification system signal outside the EEZ and inside the EEZ Mid-July to late August 2020 Source: HawkEye 360

single device. Shortly after it filed an appli­ cation for a patent in America on the wizar­ dry involved, the government there classi­ fied it. Even so, Mr Beckner drops a hint. The method involves assessing differences in the angles at which a target’s signals ar­ rive during the satellite’s arc across the sky. Horizon says its system will be accurate to within 3,000 metres. By the middle of next year, it, too, plans to operate three satel­ lites in different orbits—enough to scan most of the planet every two hours or so. Horizon also plans to compile a library of unique radar­pulse “fingerprints” of the world’s vessels, for the tiny differences in componentry that exist even between ex­ amples of the same make and model of equipment mean that signals can often be linked to a specific device. It will thus be able to determine not merely that a vessel of some sort is in a certain place, but which vessel it is, and where else it has been. Unseenlabs, for its part, has already cat­ alogued the radar fingerprints of many thousands of vessels, several hundred of which have, subsequent to the events of last summer, spent time in the Galapagos eez with their ais beacons switched off. It remains to be seen what Ecuador’s author­ ities will do with that information. But no one can say they weren’t told. n Espionage (2)

Round the bend

How to see what is hidden from view

I

n a locked room in a busy city, some ter­ rorists  are  holding  a  hostage.  The  cur­ tains are mostly drawn, cutting off any di­ rect  line  of  sight  for  those  outside.  In  a building across the street, a team of engi­ neers are set a task: they can have whatever equipment they need, but they must paint as clear a picture as possible of what is hap­ pening inside the room.  This was the challenge given in 2015 to Daniele Faccio, then at Heriot­Watt Univer­ sity,  in  Edinburgh,  by  Dstl,  a  British  gov­ ernment  defence  laboratory.  He  and  his team eventually found a way to see around corners  from  a  distance  of  50  metres— which  was  reckoned  impressive  at  the time, even though the system they devised could detect only the motion and position of  hidden  objects,  rather  than  taking  pic­ tures of them. Now, however, Xu Feihu and Pan  Jianwei  of  the  University  of  Science and  Technology  of  China,  in  Hefei,  have blown that record out of the water. As they describe in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, they have managed to

The Economist March 20th 2021

look  around  corners  from  a  distance  of well over a kilometre. Non­line­of­sight  imaging  of  this  sort relies on two principles. One is that objects are visible to an observer if light bouncing off  them  makes  its  way  to  that  observer’s eyes  or  instruments.  The  other  is  that  at least  some  light  reflects  off  all  but  the blackest, most absorbing surfaces. The up­ shot is that something hidden from an ob­ server’s line of sight might nevertheless be visible if it is sufficiently near a wall which can  serve  as  a  reflecting  surface.  In  this case, the observer can illuminate the wall with  a  tightly  focused  beam  of  light  (in practice,  probably  a  laser),  knowing  that some of the beam’s light will bounce off the wall  to  illuminate  the  concealed  object, and that some of this illumination will, in turn, be reflected back whence it came via the wall. The fraction of the original beam returned by this trilogy of reflections may be minuscule, and the information it con­ tains may appear hopelessly jumbled. But sufficiently smart mathematics can turn it into an image of the thing it bounced off. Mirror, mirror, you’re the wall Dr  Xu  and  Dr  Pan  conducted  their  trial  at night,  to  minimise  the  amount  of  back­ ground  light  that  might  have  interfered with the results. Their targets, a dummy of a  human  being  on  one  experimental  run and a giant “H” on another, were concealed behind a barrier in an apartment in a block of flats in Shanghai. Their laser and receiv­ ing apparatus were in a second apartment block 1.43km  away.  The  receiving  appara­ tus, an instrument called a single­photon avalanche  diode  (spad),  was,  as  its  name suggests,  so  sensitive  that  it  could  detect and  count  individual  photons,  the  parti­ cles  of  which  light  beams  are  composed. This  was  just  as  well,  for,  of  every  seven million  billion  photons  fired  across  the gap by the laser, only a single one returned. Because each firing of the laser yielded so  little  information,  the  researchers  had to take many shots to build up an image. To that end, they imagined a grid on the target wall, 64 dots wide and 64 deep. They fired the laser at each dot in turn, and then fed the data from the spad into an algorithm capable of reconstructing, albeit fuzzily, an image of the hidden object (see picture).  The  military  applications  of  this  tech­ nology suggest themselves. They were, af­ ter all, why Dstl sponsored Dr Faccio in the first  place.  But  others  are  also  interested. America’s space agency, nasa, has paid for such work in the past in the hope of put­ ting a laser on a satellite orbiting a distant world. This would permit the photograph­ ing of the otherwise­invisible interiors of caverns on the surfaces of moons and plan­ ets.  And,  in  a  more  practical  vein,  engi­ neers in the autonomous­vehicle industry would  be  keen  on  a  technology  that  let

Science & technology

Peek-a-boo

their cars spot other motorists blithely speeding around blind corners. For now, such applications remain far in the future. Capturing the experimental data in Shanghai took several hours, which is of little use either on the road or in fast­ moving situations like hostage­taking. The amount of light lost between bounces also puts a limit on how far away an object can be from the reflecting wall before the tech­ nique stops being useful. The dummy used by Dr Xu and Dr Pan was 75cm from the wall, which is probably near that limit. These caveats aside, however, performing the trick over a distance of almost 1½km is a staggering advance on previous efforts. It would not be surprising, says Dr Faccio, now that it is known what is possible, if that record, too, were broken. n Entomology

Swarm immunity Honeybees run vaccination programmes, too

A

n old saw has it that there is nothing new  under  the  sun.  But  it  may  still come as a surprise that human beings are not alone in having invented vaccination. Work just published in the Journal of Experimental Biology by  Gyan  Harwood  of  the University of Illinois, Urbana­Champaign, confirms that honeybees got there first. It also suggests that they run what look like the  equivalent  of  prime­boost  childhood vaccination programmes. Being gregarious, honeybees are at con­ stant  risk  of  diseases  sweeping  through their  hives.  Most  animals  which  live  in crowded  conditions  have  particularly  ro­ bust  immune  systems,  so  it  long  puzzled

entomologists that honeybees do not. In­ deed, they actually possess fewer immune­ related genes than most solitary bees.  Part of the answer, discovered in 2015, is that  queen  bees  vaccinate  their  eggs  by transferring  into  them,  before  they  are laid,  fragments  of  proteins  from  disease­ causing  pathogens.  These  act  as  antigens which trigger the development of a protec­ tive  immune  response  in  the  developing young.  But  that  observation  raises  the question of how the queen receives her an­ tigen supply in the first place, for she sub­ sists purely on royal jelly, a substance se­ creted  by  worker  bees  which  are  at  the stage of their lives (which precedes the pe­ riod that they spend flying around foraging for  nectar  and  pollen)  when  they  act  as nurses  to  larvae.  Dr  Harwood  therefore wondered if the nurses were incorporating into  the  royal  jelly  they  were  producing, fragments  from  pathogens  they  had  con­ sumed while eating the victuals brought to the hive by the foragers. To  test  this  idea,  he  teamed  up  with  a group at the University of Helsinki, in Fin­ land,  led  by  Heli  Salmela.  Together,  they collected about 150 nurse bees and divided them  among  six  queenless  mini  hives equipped with broods of larvae to look af­ ter.  Instead  of  nectar,  they  fed  the  nurses on sugar­water, and for three of the hives they laced this syrup with Paenibacillus larvae, a bacterium that causes a hive­killing disease called American foulbrood.  In  this  case,  to  stop  such  an  infection happening,  Dr  Harwood  and  Dr  Salmela heat­treated, and so killed, the pathogens in  advance.  They  also  labelled  the  dead bacteria  with  a  fluorescent  dye,  to  make their subsequent fates easy to track. And, sure enough, fluorescent microscopy con­ firmed that fragments of P. larvae were get­ ting into royal jelly secreted by those bees which had been fed with the laced sugar­ water. Moreover, examination of this royal jelly  revealed  elevated  levels,  compared with royal jelly from bees that had not been dosed  with  P. larvae,  of  an  antimicrobial peptide  known  as  defensin­1.  This  sub­ stance is thought to help bee immune sys­ tems fend off bacterial infections. All  told,  these  findings  suggest  that nurse bees are indeed, via their royal jelly, passing antigens on to the queen for inoc­ ulation into her eggs. They also mean, be­ cause larvae, too, receive royal jelly for the first  few  days  after  they  hatch,  that  the nurses are inoculating their larval charges as well. Each infant bee is therefore being vaccinated twice.  Whether this is simply a belt­and­brac­ es approach, or is actually the equivalent of a  prime­boost  human  vaccination  in which  the  second  dose  multiplies  the  ef­ fect of the first, remains to be determined. But either way, it seems protective. Not so much herd, as swarm, immunity. n

73

74

Science & technology

The Economist March 20th 2021

Evolution

Mitochondria 2.0

A new single-celled organism throws light on an important biological advance

T

he road to human beings was long and winding. But a big step on it was the first eukaryotic cell. Eukaryotes comprise the living world as it is familiar from tv documentaries: animals (humans includ­ ed) and also plants, seaweeds, fungi and a host of other types of creature too tiny for the naked eye, but which flit around attrac­ tively under a microscope. This extraordinary diversity was made possible because, unlike the cells of life’s other two great realms, the bacteria and the archaea, eukaryotic cells have lots of inter­ nal structures known as organelles. The di­ vision of labour which these organelles permit has allowed eukaryotes not merely to evolve, but to become gradually more sophisticated over the ages in ways that bacteria and archaea have never managed. How organelles came into existence is therefore a matter of great biological inter­ est. And a discovery made recently in the depths of Lake Zug, in Switzerland, has cast a bit more light on the subject.

What lies beneath Most experts reckon the first eukaryotic cell was a collaboration which happened about 2bn years ago between an archaean and some bacteria. These bacteria were the ancestors of organelles called mitochon­ dria that even today retain their own stripped­down versions of bacterial ge­ nomes and which have the specialist task in a cell’s economy of generating energy­ rich molecules called atp that power many cellular chemical reactions. They usually do this by reacting glucose with oxygen to produce water and carbon dioxide, in a process known as aerobic re­ spiration. But not always. Some eukaryotes live in places with no oxygen, and their mi­ tochondria have evolved accordingly. In a less efficient process known as anaerobic respiration, they churn out hydrogen, rather than CO2. Genetic analysis shows, nevertheless, that these odd mitochondria are still mitochondria. So it came as a sur­ prise to Jon Graf and Jana Milucka of the Max Planck Institute for Marine Microbiol­ ogy in Bremen, Germany, to discover that the “mitochondria” in some organisms they were looking at, aren’t. The creatures in question (see picture), which they describe in a paper in Nature, belong to a group of single­celled euka­ ryotes called ciliates. They live in Lake Zug at such depth that no oxygen comes down

to them from the surface. These bottom­ waters do, however, make up for that lack by being rich in both methane and nitrates. These are the breakdown products of orga­ nic matter swept into the lake and digested by bacteria in the lake bed. Some other bacteria, called methano­ trophs, are able to consume the methane as a food stuff. And some methanotrophs are, in turn, able to use nitrates—which have three oxygen atoms to every one of ni­ trogen—as an oxygen substitute in a form of respiration known as denitrification that is a halfway house between the aero­ bic and the anaerobic varieties of that proc­ ess. This was why, in October 2018, Dr Graf and Dr Milucka travelled to Lake Zug. Their goal was to study its methanotrophic bac­ teria to see if they, too, were denitrifiers. To this end, they collected samples from the lake’s depths and sent them to the Max Planck Genome Centre, in Cologne, for analysis. They were searching, in par­ ticular, for dna sequences that looked as though they encoded denitrifying en­ zymes. And they found some. But not in the way they expected. “We discovered de­ nitrifying genes, but belonging to a ge­ nome that was extremely spartan,” says Dr Milucka. “It consisted of only 310 genes, encoding a respiration pathway nearly identical to that of mitochondria—except with a chemistry based on nitrate rather than oxygen.”

Lake monster

That sparsity suggested the genome in question did not belong to a free­living or­ ganism.  And,  with  the  benefit  of  further expeditions to the lake, Dr Graf and Dr Mi­ lucka now know that it is actually the dna of a novel bacterium that is well on the way to becoming an organelle, and is hosted by a previously undescribed species of ciliate. Moreover, this bacterium­cum­organelle’s free­living ancestor appears to have taken up residence in the ancestors of its ciliate hosts only 200m years ago. It thus provides a snapshot of the process by which mito­ chondria  themselves  formed.  It  has  also proved  a  success.  Nitrate­breathing  cili­ ates  related  to  the  one  in  Lake  Zug  have spread across the globe. A comparison con­ ducted by Dr Graf and Dr Milucka of dna samples in a genetic database has revealed closely  related  species  as  far  afield  from Switzerland  as  the  lakes  of  East  Africa’s Great Rift Valley. Complexity theory Dr Graf’s and Dr Milucka’s discovery of this incipient  organelle  does  have  an  intrigu­ ing parallel, for mitochondria are not the only organelles to arrive in eukaryotic cells as bacteria. So­called plastids, found in al­ gae  and  plants  (and  which,  among  other things,  permit  those  organisms  to  photo­ synthesise), did so too. And they also turn­ ed  up  twice—the  first  time  about  1.5bn years ago and the second some 60m years in the past.  The search is therefore now on for other novel  organelles,  perhaps  encoding  other types of respiration, in other single­celled eukaryotes lurking in obscure parts of the world. The more such examples are found, the better the process of organelle forma­ tion  will  be  understood,  and with it,  that mysterious  ancestral  organism which eventually gave rise to people. n

Books & arts

The Economist March 20th 2021

→ Also in this section 76 In search of a good death 77 Refugee fiction 78 The art of mending

Fighting falsehood

Not gonna lie

Diagnosing the problem of rampant dishonesty is easier than solving it

T

his is an apt moment for a book about the American legal system’s treatment of lies. Donald Trump’s presidency kicked off with a lie about the size of the crowd at his  inauguration  and  degenerated  into  a four­year extravaganza of flim­flam. After he lost to Joe Biden, he and his supporters disseminated the biggest lie in the history of modern American politics: that he had won  the  election,  only  to  have  it  stolen. The propaganda campaign culminated in a violent  assault  on  the  Capitol  and  Mr Trump’s second impeachment. At his trial Republicans  argued  that,  regardless  of whether  Mr  Trump’s  claims  were  lies,  as long as he did not call for violence he had a constitutional right to make them. Under current law, they were probably right. The Supreme Court was long ambi­ valent  as  to  whether  falsehoods  are  pro­ tected by the free­speech guarantee of the First  Amendment  to  America’s  constitu­ tion. But in 2012, in United States v Alvarez, the court for the first time held that free­ dom of speech covers not just truth, opin­

Liars. By Cass Sunstein. Oxford University Press; 192 pages; $22.95. To be published in Britain in May; £17.99

ion and mistakes but barefaced lies. The defendant  had  boasted  of  playing  hockey for the Detroit Red Wings and winning the Congressional  Medal  of  Honour.  The  sec­ ond  lie  violated  the  Stolen  Valour  Act, which barred false claims of receiving mil­ itary  decorations.  But  the  court  struck down  the  law,  worried  that  if  Congress could  stop  people  making  one  type  of statement, it could stop them making any. Cass Sunstein, a law professor and for­ merly an official in Barack Obama’s White House, finds the Alvarez ruling absurd. He thinks the court was right that falsehoods should  normally  enjoy  First  Amendment protection, since no one wants the govern­ ment investigating everyday fibs. But free­ dom of speech, like all rights, has limits: in one  famous  formulation,  no  one  has  a right to shout “Fire!” in a crowded theatre.

There  are  laws  against  incitement,  fraud, false advertising and defamation. Mr Sun­ stein wants to draw these limits a bit more tightly, especially because of the internet’s staggering power to amplify untruths. His argument  is  convincing,  as  far  as  it  goes. But it does not go far enough.  What is wrong with saying things that are  not  true?  In  some  cases,  nothing.  Mr Sunstein does not share the Kantian view that  lying  is  wrong  on  principle,  instead taking J.S. Mill’s utilitarian stance that it is bad when it hurts people. This leaves room for  white  lies.  One  reason  falsehoods should  normally  be  considered  protected speech is that officials are not sufficiently well­informed to second­guess citizens as to  whether  a  given  lie  is  beneficial.  They also cannot reliably tell whether someone is  lying  or  merely  deluded.  Most  impor­ tant,  punishing  falsehoods  would  deter others from voicing their opinions, or even their imprecise memories. Greatest lies for the greatest number Yet some kinds of false speech are too dan­ gerous  to  allow.  To  clarify  the  stakes,  Mr Sunstein draws a grid showing degrees of culpability (from conscious lying to mere mistakes) and of the imminence, certainty and gravity of the damage (from immedi­ ate  catastrophe  to  possible  erosion  of norms).  Established  laws  against  some kinds of false speech tend to respect these distinctions.  In  America  incitement  re­

75

76

The Economist March 20th 2021

Books & arts

quires a link to an imminent crime. Fraud and defamation need proof that offenders knew  or  should  have  known  their  claims were false, and that someone was harmed.  One  area  where  Mr  Sunstein  finds  the law too narrow is defamation. The current standard was set in 1964 by New York Times Co. v Sullivan,  in  which  a  police  commis­ sioner in Alabama sued over an advertise­ ment  placed  by  civil­rights  activists  that had  minor  inaccuracies.  Finding  for  the paper, the Supreme Court established that a  public  figure  who  brings  a  defamation case must prove “actual malice”: either de­ liberate  lying,  or  a  reckless  disregard  for the truth. Awarding damages for mere mis­ takes would impoverish debate, the court ruled. That comported with an older doc­ trine, established by Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes, which holds that “the best test of truth is the power of the thought to get it­ self accepted in the marketplace of ideas”. The remedy for false speech is not a ban, but  promoting  more  speech—“counter­ speech” as Mr Sunstein puts it—in the con­ fidence that the truth will win out. That principle is no longer as convinc­ ing  as  it  once  seemed.  Mr  Sunstein  sum­ marises decades of psychological research showing  that  people  embrace  congenial lies rather than difficult truths, and cling to them  more  firmly  when  confronted  with contradictory  evidence.  Flashy  whoppers spread  faster  than  complex  facts,  and  are remembered  even  after  being  debunked. “Falsehood  flies,  and  the  Truth  comes limping after it; so that when Men come to be  undeceiv’d,  it  is  too  late,”  as  Jonathan Swift concluded three centuries ago, even without double­blind experiments. Mendacity flies even faster online. Sala­ cious posts attract attention and retweets; few users bother to share corrections. With the advent of social­media shaming, aver­ age folk now experience the public humili­ ation once reserved for tabloid­worthy ce­ lebrities.  Deepfakes  show  people  doing things  they  never  did,  with  near­perfect verisimilitude.  In  these  circumstances, salvaging a reputation with counterspeech seems a tall order. Mr Sunstein’s analysis is solid, but his solutions are vague. He calls for “warnings and  disclosures  [by  social­media  plat­ forms]…to  inform  people  that  what  has been  said  is  not  true”,  a  task  such  firms have hitherto struggled to perform. He sug­ gests a low cap on damages in libel suits, to lessen their chilling effect and make it pos­ sible to scrap the “actual malice” require­ ment. But paltry pay­outs might be a disin­ centive to sue, even if the chances of suc­ cess were higher. He is less helpful on how to fight non­defamatory political lies, such as  covid­19  denialism,  which  harm  all  of society  rather  than  someone  specific.  He abjures  state  regulation  of  such  speech, again shunting most of the responsibility

onto  those  social­media  outfits—which, again, have so far not proved up to the job. His  book  barely  mentions  the  most vehemently  prohibited  kind  of  false speech—perjury. It is treated in passing as a form of prohibition that (like libel) gets a constitutional  pass  because  of  its  long common­law  tradition,  and  in  which  the likelihood of imminent harm is similar to false advertising. But Mr Sunstein does not see the irony in a judicial system exempt­ ing  itself  from  the  principle  that  a  free marketplace of ideas is the best guarantor of  truth.  America’s  courts  maintain  that the First Amendment gives citizens a right to  lie—unless  they  are  speaking  to  those same courts. Then it is a felony punishable by up to five years in jail. The  Republican  campaign  of  electoral repudiation  highlighted  this  paradox.  On television and in social media, Mr Trump and his lawyers levelled charges of massive ballot fraud against Democrats, state gov­ ernments and voting­machine companies. Yet  as  soon  as  those  lawyers  entered  a courtroom—where  false  assertions  might be punished—the baseless claims abruptly vanished.  Broadcast  networks  that  lent credence to such allegations now face mul­ ti­billion­dollar defamation suits brought by voting­machine firms, and have begun blocking guests from repeating them. So­ cial­media platforms, which are legally ex­ empt  from  liability  for  their  users’  state­ ments, still circulate them. Lots born every minute Uncomfortably but undeniably, in this epi­ sode severe legal penalties have done a bet­ ter job than counterspeech at safeguarding the integrity of public debate. Indeed, be­ cause  the  law  offers  remedies  to  parties that suffer financially from defamation, in America  and  elsewhere  speech  focusing on lawyered­up corporations is likely to be more truthful than that about government bodies and other soft targets. The result is a sort of fake­news tragedy of the commons, in  which  big  companies  and  the  rich  are fairly  represented  in  public  discourse, while the state and civil society sink into a swamp of disinformation. Mr Sunstein refers several times to the need for internet platforms to discourage dangerous falsehoods through “choice ar­ chitecture”.  He  even  suggests  the  govern­ ment  might  use  regulations  to  promote this.  But  he  makes  little  effort  to  explore what  it  might  entail,  apart  from  the  con­ tent­monitoring that social­media compa­ nies  already  deploy  with  limited  success. He approaches lying mainly as a problem of individuals deciding whether or not to tell  the  truth,  rather  than  one  of  systems optimised to spread true or false speech. In the age of the internet this focus on individual  responsibility  seems  antique, and the distinction between lying and in­

advertent falsehood flimsy. How to decide if a tweeter is lying, deluded or just trying to maximise their likes and shares? It is dif­ ficult to know whether Mr Trump, a huck­ ster raised on the all­American dictum that the best salesmen believe their own spiels, actually  thinks  the  election  was  stolen from him. The con­man’s eternal excuse is that he says what the rubes want to hear.  The internet in its current architecture is like a distributed con­artist, powered by artificial intelligence and instantly gener­ ating any falsehood that pleases a substan­ tial audience. Perhaps Mr Sunstein is right, and American law, solicitous of freedom of speech,  can’t  do  much  about  this.  In  that case the big struggles to protect democracy from lies will take place not in the courts but inside technology firms—and will re­ quire a different book to chart them. n

The right to die

Going gently

The Inevitable. By Katie Engelhart. St Martin’s Press; 352 pages; $27.99. Atlantic Books; £15.99

I

f it is humane to put down a dog in un­ bearable and incurable pain, why not ex­ tend the same right to humans if they want it? That question echoes through “The In­ evitable” as it follows four people in search of a good death—and in fear of a bad one. Katie Engelhart’s deeply researched and beautifully  reported  book  raises  familiar quandaries.  Do  people  have  a  right  to  die on their own terms? Should doctors help?

The Economist March 20th 2021

Do motivations matter? And might a right become a duty for everyone who grows old, dependent or demented? It also considers less publicised problems, such as: how do people actually die? Advances in medicine and  technology  that  have  made  pills  and appliances  safer  have  made  it  harder  to achieve  an  “easy”  or  “peaceful”  death  for those who seek one. As  policymakers  and  ethicists  ponder these  moral  conundrums,  around  the world people are taking matters into their own  hands,  a  trend  that  gives  Ms  Engel­ hart’s book its urgency. Faced with intoler­ able  suffering,  her  subjects  have  largely given up on laws and doctors and instead turn to strangers on the internet for help. For instance, Avril Henry, a British octoge­ narian, spent her nights “marinating in her pain”  and  considered  eating  lethal  fungi from  her  garden  to  end  it.  But  “death  by mushroom could be slow, messy, painful. The  Nembutal  would  work  better.”  The “Peaceful Pill Handbook” suggested buying that drug from either a vet­supply store in Mexico  or  the  Chinese  black  market. Doubtful  about  Chinese  merchandise, Henry settled on Mexico. Over several years, Ms Engelhart’s main characters meticulously plan their escapes from  old  age,  dementia  and  chronic  or mental  illness.  She  also  follows  two  doc­ tors,  one  of  whom  lost  his  licence  for teaching  people  how  to  “exit”  via  “diy death  seminars”.  At  times  the  book  itself has a diy air, taking in the practicalities of connecting  a  gas  canister  to  a  plastic  bag that can be placed over a head. The similarity between the “euthanasia underground” that it describes and under­ ground abortion networks is striking. The president of Compassion & Choices, a lob­ by  group  for  doctor­assisted  dying,  once referred to plastic­bag hoods as “the end­ of­life  equivalent  of  the  coat  hanger”. Among those to have taken charge of their deaths were some early aids patients, their suffering  immense,  their  fates  fixed.  Just having  the  right  drugs,  or  knowing  they could get them, seemed to make many of these  young  men  feel  better,  recalls  the more likeable of the two doctors. Henry  planned  to  kill  herself  with  the Mexican drugs in her bathtub, but fretted that  she  would  soil  herself  and  that  her house  would  smell.  Dignity—in  life  and death—seems to preoccupy her and others above all. Even more than a bad death they fear a bad end to life, in which they are no longer themselves. A desire for autonomy runs  through  their  stories  like  the  thin veins of some of the characters. Yet this is not a right­to­die manifesto. The author’s own ethical doubts are among the  book’s  strengths.  She  writes  compas­ sionately of her subjects’ struggles, but is more reserved about the motives of some of  their  helpers.  She  remains  torn  about

Books & arts

what is perhaps the hardest question of all: euthanasia for victims of dementia. Rather than passing judgment, she presents facts. About half of Americans think patients do not  have  enough  control  over  end­of­life decisions.  Existing  laws  often  have  arbi­ trary effects. After the drugs arrived from Mexico, Henry’s house was raided by police. She had discovered the concept of the “Com­

pleted Life”. “That’s when you feel that your life is shaped and finished. And the direc­ tion thereafter is down. I did have a com­ plete  life.  It  was  a  great  life,”  she  told  a friend. Soon after the raid she was found in her bathtub, having drunk the poison the police had missed. The note she left had a postscript: “If I have fouled the bath in death, please please be kind to wash it down.” She provided the disinfectant. n

Caustic fiction

No man’s land A bard of the refugee experience turns his attention to France The Committed. By Viet Thanh Nguyen. Grove Press; 400 pages; $27. Corsair; £18.99

F

ew characters capture the bitterness of the refugee experience better than Vo Danh, the narrator of Viet Thanh Nguyen’s acclaimed debut novel “The Sympathizer” (published in 2015), who returns in this ex­ coriating sequel. “Vo Danh” means anony­ mous  or  nameless  in  Vietnamese;  in  the madcap pages of “The Committed” he is si­ multaneously alive and dead, winding up as “a dead man whom others seem to think is still alive”. Vo  Danh’s  tortured  bid  to  resolve  this existential plight takes him on a wild ride through the underworld of immigrant Pa­ ris  in  the  aftermath  of  the  Vietnam  war, one of legions of “boat people” fleeing his homeland’s  victorious  communists.  But Mr  Nguyen’s  follow­up  to  the  book  that won him a Pulitzer prize is less concerned with  the  charms  of  the  City  of  Light  than

Paris out of spring time

with the brutal legacy of colonialism. This tall, nutty tale is almost a parody of the gangster genre (one character goes by the  moniker  “Le  Cao  Boi”).  Vo  Danh,  psy­ chologically shattered and prone to fits of weeping, falls in with a drug ring and be­ gins selling hashish and heroin. Cartoon­ ish  tit­for­tat  hostage­taking  with  a  rival gang  ensues.  After  the  real­life  drama  of “The Sympathizer”, which covered the fall of  Saigon  and  a  botched  counter­revolu­ tionary plot by South Vietnamese officers, this story is smaller and seamier. It func­ tions  mainly  as  a  pretext  for  the  author’s zinging takedowns of the hypocrisy of im­ perial powers. As a “man of two minds”, torn between France  and  Vietnam—and  between  old radical  views  and  a  growing  repugnance for violence—Vo Danh is the ideal mouth­ piece for Mr Nguyen’s indictment of both capitalism  and  communism.  Each,  he claims, winds up as a “Repressive State Ap­ paratus”. In one of the most acerbic, amus­

77

78

The Economist March 20th 2021

Books & arts

ing scenes, Vo Danh and the bouncer at the gang’s brothel, a Frenchman of Senegalese descent,  bond  over  revolutionary  theory, trading insights from Theodor Adorno, Ai­ mé  Césaire  and  especially  Frantz  Fanon’s “The Wretched of the Earth”. Savage humour keeps the reader winc­ ing yet entertained. The author eviscerates everything  from  Vietnamese  culture  to male objectification of women to the colo­ niser’s “beautiful battleship named La Mis­ sion  Civilisatrice”.  His  greatest  ire  is  re­ served  for  the  “endless,  schmaltzy  grati­ tude that host countries demanded of refu­ gees who came from countries raped and bombed by the host countries”. The book is chock­full  of  one­liners:  “Whitewashing the  blood­soaked  profits  of  colonisation was the only kind of laundering white men did with their own hands.” In his first novel Mr Nguyen held a mir­ ror  up  to  America’s  involvement  in  Viet­ nam. Now he has done something similar, if  less  convincingly,  for  the  French.  The Eiffel  Tower  is  just  a  “Gallic  erection”,  Vo Danh concludes, “the French Empire sim­ ply exposing itself for all to see”. Not so dif­ ferent, in this disillusioned view, from the needle of the Washington Monument. n The art of repair

A crack in everything Kintsugi. By Bonnie Kemske. Bloomsbury; 176 pages; $38. Herbert Press; £30 Art and Faith. By Makoto Fujimura. Yale University Press; 184 pages; $26 and £20

I

n japan antique tea bowls can have an aura that surpasses mere appearance. They may connote lyrical names, famous histories, even ancient myths. Take “Sep­ po” (“Snowy peak”), made by the potter, de­ signer and calligrapher Hon’ami Koetsu in the early 17th century. “Seppo” came dam­ aged from the kiln, with deep crevices run­ ning across its reddish raku­ware surface. Koetsu repaired it using the traditional method of kintsugi, which binds flawed or smashed crockery with lacquer and covers the joins with powdered gold or silver. So this snowy peak has golden rivers cascad­ ing down its slopes; the bowl’s beautiful wounds may also commemorate the ritual suicide of Koetsu’s revered teacher. Kintsugi is in vogue in the West, with adherents ranging from cake­bakers and jewellery­makers to the designers who, in “The Rise of Skywalker” (released in 2019), gave the turncoat Jedi hero a kintsugi­ marked helmet. As Bonnie Kemske puts it

Creative destruction

in her book on the method’s craft and lore, the  golden  jigsaw  of  a  kintsugi­treated piece “takes an accident and transforms it into  a  glorious  rebirth”.  Enticingly,  the technique not only repairs a damaged trea­ sure but leaves it lovelier, and more valua­ ble. The idea opens up an “intriguing world of beauty, narrative and metaphor”.  As Ms Kemske explains, kintsugi “never hides  the  story  of  the  object’s  damage”.  It mocks “invisible mending” and challenges “the stigma of repair”. Instead, flaws, chips and rifts point the way to a new wholeness that embraces old losses and breakages. Ms Kemske quotes Leonard Cohen: “There is a crack, a crack in everything/That’s how the light gets in.”  Today  this  wrecked  crockery  bears  a heavy  load  of  symbolism. But  kintsugi  (“golden  join”)  had  a  more  pragmatic  be­ ginning. Urushi, a solution made from the sap of the Japanese lacquer tree, was first used  for  pottery  repair  in  the  Jomon  era, more than 3,000 years ago. The addition of gold or silver to glorify restoration arrived with the ceremonial tea culture that flour­ ished in 16th­ and 17th­century Japan. Fine tea  vessels  became  prized  status­mark­ ers—but,  inevitably,  the  cherished  bowls and pots would sometimes smash. Glitter­ ing  fixes  both  enhanced  their  allure  and, paradoxically, nodded to the Zen­influen­ ced wabi­sabi aesthetic  that  valued  things “old,  worn  and  tinged  with  sadness”.  The leading  tea  master,  Furuta  Oribe,  decreed that “Perfect tea bowls are dull ones.”  Thus kintsugi  inscribed mixed messag­ es on its striated surfaces. It told of shining magnificence, and of time­battered humil­ ity.  It  was  virtuous  and  chic  at  once. Thoughtfully written and splendidly illus­ trated, Ms Kemske’s survey of the art’s his­ tory captures that duality. She sketches its technology and describes illuminating vis­

its to practitioners in America, Britain and Japan—where,  she  says,  kintsugi remains free  of  the  “hyperbole”  surrounding  it  in Western  art.  She  salutes  its  therapeutic power,  citing  Yukiko  Kuroda,  a  restorer: “Learning to put a pot back together helped me to put myself back together.” The light gets in Makoto  Fujimura  frames  the  redemption of kintsugi  as a parable of the Christian ap­ proach to creativity. “It is precisely through our  brokenness  and  fissures  that  God’s grace  can  shine,”  he  writes  in  “Art  and Faith”. Born in Boston but brought up in Ja­ pan, Mr Fujimura won acclaim as a painter in  New  York.  For  him,  kintsugi unites  his vocation and his faith: “We are wretched, broken fragments of what was once beauti­ ful.”  His  “theology  of  making”  places  cre­ ation at the heart of belief. He  takes  that  theology  seriously. “Art and Faith” features more biblical exegesis than  studio  tips,  as  the  painter  wrestles eloquently  with  art­averse  fellow­Chris­ tians  who  prefer  narrow­minded  “culture war” to the “culture care” he advocates. For him, a rich seam of imagery flows through kintsugi. Thanks to Jesus, he says, “our fis­ sures  became  filled  with  gold”.  He  uses costly minerals in his painting, offsetting the frugal wabi­sabi values of age and wear with a frank delight in artistic abundance, even  extravagance:  “As  God’s  Creation  is sumptuous and excessive, so must our re­ sponses be.” There is nothing impious in a little worshipful bling. Kintsugi,  as  both  books  indicate,  is  a glue for scattered ideas. But its core story, of  repair  that  dignifies  the  fractures  and scars of the past, is as simple as it is seduc­ tive.  Today’s  artists  are  doubtless sifting through  the  shards  of  this  pandemic era, looking for a healing, golden join. n

Property

Courses

79

80

Economic & financial indicators

The Economist March 20th 2021

Economic data Gross domestic product

Consumer prices

% change on year ago latest quarter* 2021†

% change on year ago latest 2021†

United States -2.4 China 6.5 Japan -1.4 Britain -7.8 Canada -3.2 Euro area -4.9 Austria -5.7 Belgium -5.1 France -4.9 Germany -3.6 Greece -5.9 Italy -6.6 Netherlands -2.9 Spain -9.1 Czech Republic -4.7 Denmark -2.5 Norway -0.6 Poland -2.8 Russia -3.4 Sweden -2.1 Switzerland -1.6 Turkey 5.9 Australia -1.1 Hong Kong -3.0 India 0.4 Indonesia -2.2 Malaysia -3.4 Pakistan 0.5 Philippines -8.3 Singapore -2.4 South Korea -1.2 Taiwan 5.1 Thailand -4.2 Argentina -10.2 Brazil -1.1 Chile -9.1 Colombia -3.5 Mexico -4.3 Peru -1.7 Egypt 0.7 Israel -1.4 Saudi Arabia -4.1 South Africa -4.1

4.1 Q4 10.8 Q4 11.7 Q4 4.0 Q4 9.6 Q4 -2.6 Q4 -5.6 Q4 -0.6 Q4 -5.7 Q4 1.4 Q4 11.1 Q4 -7.5 Q4 -0.5 Q4 1.6 Q4 2.4 Q4 2.5 Q4 2.6 Q4 -2.8 Q3 na Q4 -1.0 Q4 1.3 Q4 na Q4 13.1 Q4 0.7 Q4 42.7 Q4 na Q4 na 2020** na Q4 24.4 Q4 15.9 Q4 5.0 Q4 5.8 Q4 5.4 Q3 61.7 Q4 13.3 Q3 22.6 Q4 26.5 Q4 13.7 Q4 37.9 Q3 na Q4 6.4 2020 na Q4 6.2 Q4

4.5 8.5 2.5 4.4 4.0 4.3 3.7 4.0 5.3 3.7 3.2 4.0 3.1 5.7 4.5 3.5 2.6 3.9 2.5 2.3 2.5 4.0 2.8 3.1 13.0 3.3 4.4 1.7 6.8 4.6 3.1 4.5 3.6 6.5 3.2 5.7 4.4 4.0 8.0 3.1 3.1 2.9 2.0

1.7 -0.2 -0.6 0.7 1.1 0.9 1.2 0.5 0.6 1.3 -1.3 0.6 1.8 nil 2.1 0.6 3.3 2.4 5.7 1.4 -0.5 15.6 0.9 1.9 5.0 1.4 -0.2 8.7 4.7 0.2 1.1 1.4 -1.2 40.7 5.2 2.8 1.6 3.8 2.4 4.5 nil 5.3 3.2

Feb Feb Jan Jan Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Q4 Jan Feb Feb Jan Feb Feb Jan Feb Feb Feb Feb‡ Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Feb Jan

1.9 1.6 0.2 1.2 1.6 1.2 1.6 1.0 1.1 1.8 nil 0.7 1.9 0.8 2.2 0.6 1.6 2.4 3.9 1.4 0.3 11.1 1.6 1.0 5.0 2.6 2.4 7.3 4.0 1.6 1.5 1.5 0.9 47.0 5.4 3.5 2.6 3.4 2.3 6.0 0.9 2.5 3.7

Unemployment rate

Current-account balance

Budget balance

%

% of GDP, 2021†

% of GDP, 2021†

6.2 5.5 2.9 5.1 8.2 8.1 5.7 5.6 7.9 4.6 15.8 9.0 3.6 16.0 3.3 4.4 5.0 6.5 5.8 9.3 3.6 13.4 5.8 7.2 6.9 7.1 4.9 5.8 8.7 3.3 4.9 3.8 1.5 11.7 13.9 10.2 17.3 4.5 19.0 7.2 4.5 8.5 32.5

Feb Feb‡§ Jan Nov†† Feb Jan Jan Jan Jan Jan Dec Dec Jan Jan Jan‡ Jan Nov‡‡ Jan§ Jan§ Jan§ Feb Jan§ Feb Feb‡‡ Feb Q3§ Jan§ 2018 Q1§ Q4 Feb§ Jan Dec§ Q3§ Dec§‡‡ Jan§‡‡ Jan§ Jan Feb§ Q4§ Jan Q3 Q4§

-2.8 2.6 3.5 -4.5 -2.2 3.0 2.4 -0.6 -1.7 6.7 -5.1 3.0 11.4 1.3 1.9 7.2 2.4 2.3 2.8 3.7 8.6 -1.9 1.1 2.3 -0.8 -0.1 3.6 -1.2 -1.1 17.3 4.3 15.1 4.8 0.6 -1.3 -0.2 -3.8 2.0 -0.1 -3.5 3.1 -1.1 -1.2

-10.0 -4.8 -9.0 -11.5 -8.5 -5.9 -6.0 -6.3 -7.5 -4.0 -5.0 -8.0 -3.4 -8.5 -5.5 -1.5 -1.7 -4.9 -1.9 -2.3 -0.9 -3.1 -5.9 -3.3 -6.7 -6.8 -6.3 -6.9 -7.2 -4.1 -4.9 -0.5 -5.6 -5.4 -7.3 -6.6 -5.9 -2.8 -6.9 -8.2 -8.9 -5.7 -9.2

Interest rates

Currency units

10-yr gov't bonds change on latest,% year ago, bp

per $ % change Mar 17th on year ago

1.6 3.1 §§ nil 0.9 1.6 -0.3 -0.1 nil -0.1 -0.3 1.0 0.7 -0.3 0.3 1.9 nil 1.4 1.5 7.1 0.4 -0.3 13.8 1.7 1.4 6.2 6.7 3.5 10.4 ††† 4.5 1.6 2.1 0.4 1.8 na 8.6 3.1 6.0 6.2 4.7 na 1.2 na 9.4

61.0 61.0 -8.0 38.0 63.0 11.0 -26.0 -33.0 -8.0 11.0 -272 -168 -14.0 -31.0 25.0 34.0 55.0 -30.0 -98.0 41.0 20.0 148 63.0 34.0 -8.0 -82.0 25.0 -2.0 -32.0 16.0 69.0 -9.0 66.0 na 98.0 -22.0 -223 -155 -46.0 na -3.0 na -138

6.50 109 0.72 1.25 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.84 22.0 6.25 8.51 3.87 74.2 8.52 0.93 7.63 1.30 7.77 72.5 14,428 4.12 156 48.7 1.35 1,130 28.3 30.8 91.2 5.66 730 3,578 20.7 3.71 15.7 3.30 3.75 14.9

7.8 -1.7 15.3 13.6 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3

1 22.6 5.7 1.4 16.7 2 3 5 1 4 2 5.6 1.9 5.6 5.9 10.0 6.8 5.0 -30.7 -11.3 16.5 13.6 12.0 -4.3 0.3 16.1 nil 11.3

Source: Haver Analytics. *% change on previous quarter, annual rate. †The Economist Intelligence Unit estimate/forecast. §Not seasonally adjusted. ‡New series. **Year ending June. ††Latest 3 months. ‡‡3-month moving average. §§5-year yield. †††Dollar-denominated bonds.

Commodities

Markets % change on: In local currency

United States S&P 500 United States NAScomp China Shanghai Comp China Shenzhen Comp Japan Nikkei 225 Japan Topix Britain FTSE 100 Canada S&P TSX Euro area EURO STOXX 50 France CAC 40 Germany DAX* Italy FTSE/MIB Netherlands AEX Spain IBEX 35 Poland WIG Russia RTS, $ terms Switzerland SMI Turkey BIST Australia All Ord. Hong Kong Hang Seng India BSE Indonesia IDX Malaysia KLSE

Index Mar 17th

3,974.1 13,525.2 3,445.6 2,218.3 29,914.3 1,984.0 6,762.7 18,983.1 3,849.7 6,054.8 14,596.6 24,281.1 680.7 8,599.5 57,924.3 1,493.7 10,922.5 1,562.1 7,048.0 29,034.1 49,801.6 6,277.2 1,625.0

one week

1.9 3.5 2.6 2.4 3.0 3.3 0.6 1.6 0.8 1.1 0.4 1.5 0.4 0.9 -2.3 1.0 0.1 -0.2 1.5 0.4 -2.9 0.2 -0.9

% change on:

Dec 31st 2020

5.8 4.9 -0.8 -4.8 9.0 9.9 4.7 8.9 8.4 9.1 6.4 9.2 9.0 6.5 1.6 7.7 2.0 5.8 2.9 6.6 4.3 5.0 -0.1

index Mar 17th

Pakistan KSE Singapore STI South Korea KOSPI Taiwan TWI Thailand SET Argentina MERV Brazil BVSP Mexico IPC Egypt EGX 30 Israel TA-125 Saudi Arabia Tadawul South Africa JSE AS World, dev'd MSCI Emerging markets MSCI

45,450.3 3,109.7 3,047.5 16,215.8 1,566.8 49,916.5 116,549.4 47,679.5 11,068.4 1,647.9 9,602.3 66,494.5 2,826.8 1,342.8

one week

4.0 1.0 3.0 1.9 -0.4 5.4 3.3 0.3 -1.5 0.8 0.1 -3.0 1.9 1.4

Dec 31st 2020

3.9 9.3 6.1 10.1 8.1 -2.6 -2.1 8.2 2.1 5.1 10.5 11.9 5.1 4.0

Investment grade High-yield

2015=100

latest

128 374

Dec 31st 2020

136 429

Sources: Refinitiv Datastream; Standard & Poor's Global Fixed Income Research. *Total return index.

% change on Mar 9th Mar 16th* month year

Dollar Index All Items Food Industrials All Non-food agriculturals Metals

163.8 127.5

164.0 127.1

0.7 0.3

56.0 38.6

197.6 151.3 211.4

198.5 147.5 213.6

0.9 3.2 0.5

68.7 68.4 68.8

Sterling Index All items

179.9

180.2

0.9

34.9

Euro Index All items

152.8

152.9

2.6

43.9

1,716.7

1,728.5

-4.5

12.3

67.6

68.5

7.8

130.7

Gold $ per oz Brent $ per barrel

US corporate bonds, spread over Treasuries Basis points

The Economist commodity-price index

Sources: Bloomberg; CME Group; Cotlook; Refinitiv Datastream; Fastmarkets; FT; ICCO; ICO; ISO; Live Rice Index; LME; NZ Wool Services; Thompson Lloyd & Ewart; Urner Barry; WSJ. *Provisional.

For more countries and additional data, visit Economist.com/indicators

Graphic detail War and farming

The Economist March 20th 2021 81

→ American bombs in Cambodia were less likely to explode in fertile regions. Bombed land in these areas yields less rice today Cambodia, soil fertility in 2008 and American bombs dropped 1965-73 Soil fertility

Low

Medium

High

Estimated weight of bomb payloads in area, tonnes, ’000

Estimated impact of bombs on current farming By fertility of soil

50 25 1

Share of farm’s land that is planted with rice, % Low fertility

80 60

High fertility

40 20 0

No bombing

Average level of bombing

To

Share of farm’s rice that is sold, %

eS nl ap

40 High fertility Low fertility

Among farms with fertile soil, those in less-bombed areas are now the most productive

0 No bombing

Average level of bombing

Annual household income, Cambodian riel, m High fertility

Low fertility

LAOS

F

armers usually consider themselves lucky  to  till  fertile  soil.  In  Cambodia, however, such land often signifies danger rather  than  abundance.  When  America dropped  an  estimated 1.8m  tonnes  of  ex­ plosives  on  the  country  during  the  Viet­ nam  war,  those  falling  on  flinty  ground generally  detonated,  whereas  many  land­ ing on softer earth did not. No one knows how many bombs remain in rich soil. But a paper by four academics at Ohio State Uni­ versity (osu), who studied satellite images and  reports  by  landmine­removal  groups from  a  single  village,  found  that  perhaps half of the munitions have not exploded.  These wartime remnants have given the United States’ bombing campaign of 1965­ 73—which  ostensibly  targeted  Viet  Cong supply  lines,  but  caused  perhaps 150,000

1.5

0.5 0

THAILAND

No bombing

CAMBODIA VIETNAM

American bombing 50 years ago still shapes Cambodian agriculture

2.0

1.0

CHINA

Blood and soil

20 10

Lots of munitions that fell on soft, fertile soil never exploded

Most bombs that landed on flinty ground detonated

30

deaths—an enduringly lethal legacy. Since 1979,  unexploded  ordnance  has  killed  at least 19,000  people  in  Cambodia  (though some  may  have  been  blown  up  by  land­ mines from subsequent wars, rather than by  American  bombs).  Cambodia  now  has the world’s highest rate of amputees. A  recent  study  by  Erin  Lin,  one  of  the osu researchers,  shows  that  America’s bombardment injured not just Cambodia’s people but its economy as well. She first in­ terviewed farmers in the country, who said they  thought  that  richer,  darker  soil  pre­ sented  an  unusually  high  risk  of  hidden ordnance—especially  in  heavily  bombed areas. They work in constant fear of explo­ sions.  Some  said  that  they  only  planted crops in parts of their farms that they were confident  contained  no  bombs,  or  that they used hand tools instead of machines to reduce the risk of detonation. To quantify this behaviour, Ms Lin used agricultural and census records to produce village­ and farm­level estimates of invest­ ment, productivity, income and soil quali­ ty. She then mapped these data to the pre­ cise sites of American bombing. After mak­ ing  adjustments  for  factors  such  as  rice

Average level of bombing

Source: “How war changes land: soil fertility, unexploded bombs, and the underdevelopment of Cambodia”, by Erin Lin, 2020

prices and differences between regions in economic  conditions  before  the  war,  she found that in areas with relatively barren earth,  there  was  no  relationship  between the two variables. Historical bombardment does  not  affect  farmers’  methods  in  such places,  because  bombs  that  hit  rocky ground almost always exploded. However, in regions with rich soil, ae­ rial attacks 50 years ago make a measurable difference  today.  Among  farms  in  fertile areas, those in places that were bombed are unusually unproductive. Ms Lin estimates that the share of land planted with crops is about 12  percentage  points  lower  in  such farms  than  in  others  located  in  similarly fruitful regions which were spared by the Americans.  This  shrinks  harvests,  reduc­ ing by half the amount of rice that owners have  left  over  to  sell  after  feeding  them­ selves, and cutting incomes by 40%. Cambodia  suffered  years  of  war  and genocide  after  the  bombing  ceased,  and America  is  just  one  of  many  parties  to blame for the country’s tribulations. Yet it is a testament to the horror of the bombing that despite the anguish that followed, its signature can still be detected today. n

82

Obituary Wang Fuchun

Closely observed trains Wang Fuchun, chronicler of the Chinese on their railways, died on March 13th, aged 79

T

here was a time, Wang Fuchun remembered, when all the people on Chinese trains looked more or less the same. In the late  1970s,  when  he  started  taking  his  photographs,  everyone seemed to wear green suits and caps like the People’s Liberation Army. Seen as a crowd on a railway platform they looked homoge­ neous, reserved and orderly. All that went to the winds, however, as soon as a train came in.  Then  pandemonium  broke  out.  Everyone  surged,  pushed, shoved forward, some with sacks of rice, or door­frames, or live hens, others with giant wedding photographs or their household goods tied up in bundles, and tried to get on. When the doorways blocked up, the agile heaved themselves in through the windows. These were the “green­skinned” trains that crept between China’s main towns and cities at 50 kilometres an hour or so, hauled and heated by coal. He had made loving colour studies of their steam locomotives: the red and yellow wheels, the tall funnels, smoke mingling with the clouds in the sky. Onboard, all was chaos. Huge bags were crammed into the lug­ gage racks. People spread out their encampments on tables and on the floor. Life seemed to explode on the train as if it was a stage. He did not care what seat he had, for he was on the move, a lean, long­ haired, gentle figure with his camera (first a Seagull, then a Leica) hidden under his coat. And so he wandered, for four decades.  China, too, was on the move. By the late 1980s a great rush to the cities had begun, on the trains. He recorded tai­chi sessions in cor­ ridors, Uyghurs praying in corners, a well­wrapped baby popping out of a basket, a clamour of hands waving empty tea­jars. In sum­ mer  he  snapped  young  migrant  workers  shedding  their  shirts, running with sweat, with one, all legs and arms, seeking coolness on top of the seats. Among the triple­stacked bunks he found a girl playing a traditional erhu, watched admiringly by a young man on the  bunk  above,  and  a  snarling  Pekingese,  eyed  anxiously  by  a

The Economist March 20th 2021

woman on the bunk below.  He did not ask anyone’s permission to take them, and hoped they did not notice. Plainly, some did. A woman smoking in the corridor,  her  body  one  elegant  curve,  gave  him  a  haughty  glare, and a Tibetan monk offered him a ceremonial scarf and a beatific smile. Most people, he found, were unguarded. But he preferred to act covertly, like a thief in a way, because it caught reality better— and so mirrored all the more clearly how China was changing.  His project was all­consuming. Over 40 years he reckoned he had ridden on 1,000 trains and covered more than 100,000 kilo­ metres, on every line in China. (Luckily, as an employee of the rail­ way,  his  travel  was  free.)  He  found  he  could  not  sleep  properly without the clank of rails beneath him. Each trip, departure time, arrival  time  and  place  was  neatly  jotted  in  a  notebook;  he  took about 200,000 pictures, and logged each by its place. Those lovers under a blanket, eyes only for each other among the teapots and supper  trays,  were  on  the  Guangzhou­Chengdu  line.  That  five­ year­old girl with a muddy face, asleep standing up beside a door, was on the line from Wuhan to Nanning. He had hesitated to press the shutter; he felt her migrant’s poverty too keenly, and he pre­ ferred to capture the hope that pushed people on to trains.  His interest in passengers had begun when, just after Mao Ze­ dong’s death, he was asked to take photographs of model members of staff employed by the Railway Bureau in Harbin, in north­east China, where he was born. His love of trains went back years, to the time when, as an orphan in his elder brother’s house, he had heard them shrieking past. He followed his brother into railway work, hoping to be a train­driver. But being artistic too, good at painting and calligraphy, he found that photography bridged the two worlds. He could make art with his camera, though increas­ ingly he felt that his goal was not art, but life.  For  China  was  rushing  to  the  modern  world,  and  the  trains showed it. Steam was fading; the green­skinned trains acquired fans,  then  air­conditioning,  which  provided  him  with  an  eerie photograph of passengers shrouded completely in sheets against the icy blasts. Then came express trains, then high­speed rail: by this year 38,000km of it, the longest network in the world. And the passengers,  too,  changed.  In  the  late  1970s  they  began  to  wear jeans; by the 1980s they let their hair grow. The 1990s brought in a vogue for t­shirts emblazoned with favourite stars. People wanted a look that was unique; they became individuals. His book “Chi­ nese on the Train”, published in 2001, caught the brief span when old and new collided: a fashionable young woman playing mah­ jong, with a weathered man looking on, or a quartet of hefty young men absorbed by a finch in a cage.  Cameras, too, had changed, and by 2012 he boarded trains with a digital Sony RX100 on his wrist, so tiny that he could use it al­ most playfully, like a toy. That was as well, because people now were far more guarded; they would shrink from him, get police to check his id and even snatch his camera away. He walked back and forth with a slight bow and an air of apology, as if he simply could not help doing this. But pickings were slimmer than before. Many slow trains had been replaced by high­speed models, as comfort­ able and quiet as hotels. The aisles were clear, the windows sealed. In the reclining seats, everyone reclined. In the ordinary seats, ev­ eryone’s noses were buried in their tablets and their phones.  He liked to place two of his photographs side by side. One was of  a  green­skinned  train,  pulled  by  steam,  rounding  a  bend  be­ tween Tongliao and Jining in 1998, with a merry line of passengers grinning out of the windows. The second picture showed a pair of newly­weds in 2015 in front of a Harmony high­speed train, hold­ ing the character for “double happiness”. He liked the message of hope; he was proud of what China had achieved. But how sad, he also thought, that on that dashing locomotive there was no mess, no lives colliding and no good subjects for him; that Chinese peo­ ple should once again look so orderly, reserved and indifferent to each other, even on a train.  n

Subscriber-only live digital event

Editor’s conversations: Ursula Burns Tuesday March 23rd 6pm gmt / 2pm edt / 11am pdt Join Zanny Minton Beddoes, our editor-in-chief, and Ursula Burns, retired chairman & CEO of Xerox and VEON, for a discussion on leadership and diversity. There will be an opportunity to submit questions during the session.

Reserve your space: economist.com/Burns

TOWARDS A DREAM

louisvuitton.com